wxPython/src/msw/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 WINDOW_STYLE_MASK = _core_.WINDOW_STYLE_MASK
 106 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 107 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 108 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 109 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 110 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 111 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 112 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 113 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 114 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 115 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 116 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 117 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 118 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 119 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 120 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 121 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 122 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 123 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 124 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 125 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 126 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 127 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 128 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 129 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 130 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 131 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 132 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 133 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 134 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 135 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 136 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 137 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 138 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 139 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 140 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 141 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 142 OK = _core_.OK
 143 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 144 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 145 YES = _core_.YES
 146 NO = _core_.NO
 147 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 148 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 149 APPLY = _core_.APPLY
 150 CLOSE = _core_.CLOSE
 151 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 152 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 153 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 154 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 155 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 156 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 157 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 158 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 159 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 160 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 161 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 162 RESET = _core_.RESET
 163 HELP = _core_.HELP
 164 MORE = _core_.MORE
 165 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 166 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 167 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 168 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 169 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 170 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 171 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 172 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 173 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 174 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 175 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 176 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 178 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 179 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 180 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 181 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 182 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 183 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 184 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 185 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 186 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 187 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 188 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 189 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 190 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 191 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 192 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 193 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 194 ID_PAGE_SETUP = _core_.ID_PAGE_SETUP
 195 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 196 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 197 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 198 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 199 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 200 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 201 ID_HELP_INDEX = _core_.ID_HELP_INDEX
 202 ID_HELP_SEARCH = _core_.ID_HELP_SEARCH
 203 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 204 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 205 ID_EDIT = _core_.ID_EDIT
 206 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 207 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 208 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 209 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 210 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 211 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 212 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 213 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 214 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 215 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 216 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 217 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 218 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 219 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 220 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 221 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 222 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 223 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 224 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 225 ID_FILE = _core_.ID_FILE
 226 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 227 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 228 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 229 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 230 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 231 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 232 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 233 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 234 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 235 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 236 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 237 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 238 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 239 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 240 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 241 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 242 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 243 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 244 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 245 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 246 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 247 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 248 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 249 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 250 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 251 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 252 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 253 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 254 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 255 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 256 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 257 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 258 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 259 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 260 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 261 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 262 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 263 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 264 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 265 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 266 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 267 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 268 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 269 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 270 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 271 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 272 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 273 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 274 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 275 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 276 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 277 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 278 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 279 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 280 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 281 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 282 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 283 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 284 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 285 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 286 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 287 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 288 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 289 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 290 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 291 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 292 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 293 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 294 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 295 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 296 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 297 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 298 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 299 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 300 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 301 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 302 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 303 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 304 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 305 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 306 UP = _core_.UP
 307 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 308 TOP = _core_.TOP
 309 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 310 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 311 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 312 WEST = _core_.WEST
 313 EAST = _core_.EAST
 314 ALL = _core_.ALL
 315 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 316 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 317 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 318 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 319 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 320 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 321 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 322 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 323 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 324 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 325 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 326 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 327 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 328 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 329 GROW = _core_.GROW
 330 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 331 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 332 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 333 TILE = _core_.TILE
 334 ADJUST_MINSIZE = 0
 335 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 336 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 337 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 338 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 339 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 340 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 341 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 342 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 343 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 344 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 345 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 346 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 347 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 348 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 349 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 350 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 351 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 352 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 353 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 354 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 355 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 356 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 357 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 358 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 359 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 360 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 361 DOT = _core_.DOT
 362 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 363 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 364 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 365 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 366 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 367 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 368 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 369 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 370 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 371 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 372 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 373 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 374 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 375 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 376 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 377 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 378 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 379 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 380 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 381 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 382 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 383 XOR = _core_.XOR
 384 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 385 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 386 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 387 COPY = _core_.COPY
 388 AND = _core_.AND
 389 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 390 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 391 NOR = _core_.NOR
 392 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 393 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 394 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 395 NAND = _core_.NAND
 396 OR = _core_.OR
 397 SET = _core_.SET
 398 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 399 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 400 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 401 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 402 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 403 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 404 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 405 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 406 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 407 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 408 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 409 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 410 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 411 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 412 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 413 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 414 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 415 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 416 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 417 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 418 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 419 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 420 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 421 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 422 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 423 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 424 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 425 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 426 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 427 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 428 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 429 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 430 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 431 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 432 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 433 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 434 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 435 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 436 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 437 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 438 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 439 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 440 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 441 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 442 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 443 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 444 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 445 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 446 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 447 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 448 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 449 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 450 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 451 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 452 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 453 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 454 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 455 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 456 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 457 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 458 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 459 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 460 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 461 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 462 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 463 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 464 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 465 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 466 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 467 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 468 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 469 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 470 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 471 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 472 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 473 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 474 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 475 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 476 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 477 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 478 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 479 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 480 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 481 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 482 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 483 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 484 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 485 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 497 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 498 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 499 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 500 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 501 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 502 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 503 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 504 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 505 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 506 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 507 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 508 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 509 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 510 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 511 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 512 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 513 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 514 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 515 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 516 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 517 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 518 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 519 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 520 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 521 WXK_PRIOR = WXK_PAGEUP
 522 WXK_NEXT  = WXK_PAGEDOWN
 523 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 524 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT  = WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 525
 526 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 527 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 528 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 529 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 530 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 531 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 532 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 533 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 534 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 535 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 536 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 537 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 538 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 539 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 540 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 541 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 542 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 543 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 544 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 545 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 546 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 547 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 548 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 549 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 550 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 551 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 552 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 553 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 554 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 555 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 556 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 557 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 558 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 559 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 560 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 561 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 562 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 563 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 564 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 565 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 566 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 567 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 568 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 569 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 570 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 571 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 572 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 573 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 574 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 575 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 576 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 577 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 578 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 579 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 580 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 581 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 582 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 583 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 584 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 585 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 586 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 587 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 588 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 589 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 590 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 591 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 592 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 593 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 594 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 595 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 596 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 597 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 598 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 599 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 600 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 601 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 602 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 603 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 604 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 605 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 606 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 607 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 608 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 609 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 610 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 611 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 612 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 613 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 614 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 615 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 616 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 617 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 618 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 619 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 620 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 621 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 622 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 623 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 624 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 625 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 626 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 627 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 628 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 629 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 630 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 631 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 632 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 633 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 634 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 635 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 636 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 637 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 638 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 639 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 640 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 641 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 642 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 643 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 644 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 645 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 646 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 647 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 648 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 649 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 650 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 651 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 652 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 653 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 654 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 655 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 656 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 657 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 658 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 659 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 660 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 661 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 662 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 663 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 664 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 665 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 666 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 667 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 668 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 669 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 670 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 671 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 672 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 673 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 674 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 675 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 676 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 677 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 678 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 679 Layout_Default = _core_.Layout_Default
 680 Layout_LeftToRight = _core_.Layout_LeftToRight
 681 Layout_RightToLeft = _core_.Layout_RightToLeft
 682 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 683
 684 class Object(object):
 685     """
 686     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 687     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 688     """
 689     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 690     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 691     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 692     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 693         """
 694         GetClassName(self) -> String
 695
 696         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 697         """
 698         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 699
 700     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 701         """
 702         Destroy(self)
 703
 704         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 705         """
 706         args[0].this.own(False)
 707         return _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 708
 709     def IsSameAs(*args, **kwargs):
 710         """
 711         IsSameAs(self, Object p) -> bool
 712
 713         For wx.Objects that use C++ reference counting internally, this method
 714         can be used to determine if two objects are referencing the same data
 715         object.
 716         """
 717         return _core_.Object_IsSameAs(*args, **kwargs)
 718
 719     ClassName = property(GetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName`")
 720 _core_.Object_swigregister(Object)
 721 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 722 cvar = _core_.cvar
 723 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 724
 725 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 726
 727 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 728 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 742 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 743 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 744 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 745 BITMAP_TYPE_TGA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TGA
 746 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 747 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 748 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 749 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 750 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 751 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 752 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 753 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 754 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 755 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 756 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 757 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 758 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 759 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 760 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 761 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 762 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 763 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 764 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 765 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 766 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 767 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 768 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 769 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 770 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 771 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 772 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 773 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 774 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 775 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 776 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 777 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 778 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 779 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 780
 781 class Size(object):
 782     """
 783     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 784     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 785     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 786     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 787     """
 788     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 789     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 790     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 791     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 792     x = width; y = height
 793     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 794         """
 795         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 796
 797         Creates a size object.
 798         """
 799         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 800     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 801     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 802     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 803         """
 804         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 805
 806         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 807         """
 808         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 809
 810     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 811         """
 812         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 813
 814         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
 815         """
 816         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 817
 818     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 819         """
 820         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 821
 822         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 823         """
 824         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 825
 826     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 827         """
 828         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 829
 830         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 831         """
 832         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 833
 834     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 835         """
 836         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 837
 838         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 839         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 840         """
 841         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 842
 843     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 844         """
 845         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 846
 847         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 848         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 849         """
 850         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 851
 852     def IncBy(*args, **kwargs):
 853         """IncBy(self, int dx, int dy)"""
 854         return _core_.Size_IncBy(*args, **kwargs)
 855
 856     def DecBy(*args, **kwargs):
 857         """DecBy(self, int dx, int dy)"""
 858         return _core_.Size_DecBy(*args, **kwargs)
 859
 860     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
 861         """
 862         Scale(self, float xscale, float yscale)
 863
 864         Scales the dimensions of this object by the given factors.
 865         """
 866         return _core_.Size_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
 867
 868     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 869         """
 870         Set(self, int w, int h)
 871
 872         Set both width and height.
 873         """
 874         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 875
 876     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 877         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 878         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 879
 880     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 881         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 882         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 883
 884     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 885         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 886         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 887
 888     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 889         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 890         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 891
 892     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 893         """
 894         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 895
 896         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 897         """
 898         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 899
 900     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 901         """
 902         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 903
 904         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 905         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 906         """
 907         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 908
 909     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 910         """
 911         Get() -> (width,height)
 912
 913         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 914         """
 915         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 916
 917     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 918     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 919     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 920     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 921     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 922     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 923         if index == 0: self.width = val
 924         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 925         else: raise IndexError
 926     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 927     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 928     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 929
 930 _core_.Size_swigregister(Size)
 931
 932 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 933
 934 class RealPoint(object):
 935     """
 936     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 937     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 938     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 939     """
 940     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 941     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 942     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 943     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 944     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 945         """
 946         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 947
 948         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 949         """
 950         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 951     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 952     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 953     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 954         """
 955         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 956
 957         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 958         """
 959         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 960
 961     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 962         """
 963         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 964
 965         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 966         """
 967         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 968
 969     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 970         """
 971         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 972
 973         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 974         """
 975         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 976
 977     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 978         """
 979         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 980
 981         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 982         """
 983         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 984
 985     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 986         """
 987         Set(self, double x, double y)
 988
 989         Set both the x and y properties
 990         """
 991         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 992
 993     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 994         """
 995         Get() -> (x,y)
 996
 997         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 998         """
 999         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1000
1001     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1002     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1003     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
1004     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1005     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1006     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1007         if index == 0: self.x = val
1008         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1009         else: raise IndexError
1010     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1011     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1012     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
1013
1014 _core_.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
1015
1016 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1017
1018 class Point(object):
1019     """
1020     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1021     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1022     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1023     """
1024     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1025     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1026     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1027     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1028     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1029         """
1030         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1031
1032         Create a wx.Point object
1033         """
1034         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1035     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1036     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1037     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1038         """
1039         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1040
1041         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1042         """
1043         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1044
1045     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1046         """
1047         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1048
1049         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1050         """
1051         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1052
1053     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1054         """
1055         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1056
1057         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1058         """
1059         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1060
1061     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1062         """
1063         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1064
1065         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1066         """
1067         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1068
1069     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1070         """
1071         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1072
1073         Add pt to this object.
1074         """
1075         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1076
1077     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1078         """
1079         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1080
1081         Subtract pt from this object.
1082         """
1083         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1084
1085     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1086         """
1087         Set(self, long x, long y)
1088
1089         Set both the x and y properties
1090         """
1091         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1092
1093     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1094         """
1095         Get() -> (x,y)
1096
1097         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1098         """
1099         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1100
1101     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1102     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1103     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1104     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1105     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1106     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1107         if index == 0: self.x = val
1108         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1109         else: raise IndexError
1110     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1111     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1112     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1113
1114 _core_.Point_swigregister(Point)
1115
1116 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1117
1118 class Rect(object):
1119     """
1120     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1121     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1122     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1123     """
1124     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1125     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1126     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1127         """
1128         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1129
1130         Create a new Rect object.
1131         """
1132         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1133     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1134     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1135     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1136         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1137         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1138
1139     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1140         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1141         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1142
1143     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1144         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1145         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1146
1147     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1148         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1149         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1150
1151     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1152         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1153         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1154
1155     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1156         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1157         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1158
1159     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1160         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1161         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1162
1163     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1164         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1165         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1166
1167     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1168         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1169         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1170
1171     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1172         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1173         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1174
1175     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1176         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1177         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1178
1179     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1180         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1181         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1182
1183     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1184         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1185         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1186
1187     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1188         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1189         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1190
1191     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1192         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1193         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1194
1195     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1196         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1197         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1198
1199     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1200         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1201         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1202
1203     def GetTopRight(*args, **kwargs):
1204         """GetTopRight(self) -> Point"""
1205         return _core_.Rect_GetTopRight(*args, **kwargs)
1206
1207     def SetTopRight(*args, **kwargs):
1208         """SetTopRight(self, Point p)"""
1209         return _core_.Rect_SetTopRight(*args, **kwargs)
1210
1211     def GetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1212         """GetBottomLeft(self) -> Point"""
1213         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1214
1215     def SetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1216         """SetBottomLeft(self, Point p)"""
1217         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1218
1219     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1220         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1221         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1222
1223     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1224         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1225         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1226
1227     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1228         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1229         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1230
1231     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1232         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1233         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1234
1235     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1236         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1237         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1238
1239     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1240         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1241         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1242
1243     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1244         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1245         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1246
1247     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1248         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1249         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1250
1251     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1252     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1253     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1254     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1255     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1256     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1257
1258     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1259         """
1260         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1261
1262         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1263
1264         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1265         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1266         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1267         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1268         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1269         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1270         direction.
1271
1272         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1273         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1274         first::
1275
1276             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1277             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1278
1279
1280         """
1281         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1282
1283     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1284         """
1285         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1286
1287         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1288         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1289         `Inflate` for a full description.
1290         """
1291         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1292
1293     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1294         """
1295         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1296
1297         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1298         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1299         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1300         """
1301         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1302
1303     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1304         """
1305         Offset(self, Point pt)
1306
1307         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1308         """
1309         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1310
1311     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1312         """
1313         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1314
1315         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1316         """
1317         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1318
1319     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1320         """
1321         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1322
1323         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1324         """
1325         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1326
1327     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1328         """
1329         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1330
1331         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1332         """
1333         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1334
1335     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1336         """
1337         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1338
1339         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1340         """
1341         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1342
1343     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1344         """
1345         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1346
1347         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1348         """
1349         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1350
1351     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1352         """
1353         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1354
1355         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1356         """
1357         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1358
1359     def ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs):
1360         """
1361         ContainsXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1362
1363         Return True if the point is inside the rect.
1364         """
1365         return _core_.Rect_ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs)
1366
1367     def Contains(*args, **kwargs):
1368         """
1369         Contains(self, Point pt) -> bool
1370
1371         Return True if the point is inside the rect.
1372         """
1373         return _core_.Rect_Contains(*args, **kwargs)
1374
1375     def ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs):
1376         """
1377         ContainsRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1378
1379         Returns ``True`` if the given rectangle is completely inside this
1380         rectangle or touches its boundary.
1381         """
1382         return _core_.Rect_ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs)
1383
1384     #Inside = wx._deprecated(Contains, "Use `Contains` instead.")
1385     #InsideXY = wx._deprecated(ContainsXY, "Use `ContainsXY` instead.")
1386     #InsideRect = wx._deprecated(ContainsRect, "Use `ContainsRect` instead.")
1387     Inside = Contains
1388     InsideXY = ContainsXY
1389     InsideRect = ContainsRect
1390
1391     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1392         """
1393         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1394
1395         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1396         """
1397         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1398
1399     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1400         """
1401         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1402
1403         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1404         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1405         """
1406         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1407
1408     CentreIn = CenterIn
1409     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1410     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1411     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1412     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1413     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1414         """
1415         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1416
1417         Set all rectangle properties.
1418         """
1419         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1420
1421     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1422         """
1423         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1424
1425         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1426         """
1427         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1428
1429     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1430     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1431     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1432     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1433     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1434     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1435         if index == 0: self.x = val
1436         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1437         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1438         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1439         else: raise IndexError
1440     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1441     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1442     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1443
1444     Bottom = property(GetBottom,SetBottom,doc="See `GetBottom` and `SetBottom`")
1445     BottomRight = property(GetBottomRight,SetBottomRight,doc="See `GetBottomRight` and `SetBottomRight`")
1446     BottomLeft = property(GetBottomLeft,SetBottomLeft,doc="See `GetBottomLeft` and `SetBottomLeft`")
1447     Height = property(GetHeight,SetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight` and `SetHeight`")
1448     Left = property(GetLeft,SetLeft,doc="See `GetLeft` and `SetLeft`")
1449     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
1450     Right = property(GetRight,SetRight,doc="See `GetRight` and `SetRight`")
1451     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
1452     Top = property(GetTop,SetTop,doc="See `GetTop` and `SetTop`")
1453     TopLeft = property(GetTopLeft,SetTopLeft,doc="See `GetTopLeft` and `SetTopLeft`")
1454     TopRight = property(GetTopRight,SetTopRight,doc="See `GetTopRight` and `SetTopRight`")
1455     Width = property(GetWidth,SetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth` and `SetWidth`")
1456     X = property(GetX,SetX,doc="See `GetX` and `SetX`")
1457     Y = property(GetY,SetY,doc="See `GetY` and `SetY`")
1458     Empty = property(IsEmpty,doc="See `IsEmpty`")
1459 _core_.Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1460
1461 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1462     """
1463     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1464
1465     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1466     """
1467     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1468     return val
1469
1470 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1471     """
1472     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1473
1474     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1475     """
1476     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1477     return val
1478
1479 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1480     """
1481     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1482
1483     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1484     """
1485     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1486     return val
1487
1488
1489 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1490   """
1491     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1492
1493     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1494     """
1495   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1496 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1497
1498 class Point2D(object):
1499     """
1500     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1501     with floating point values.
1502     """
1503     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1504     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1505     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1506         """
1507         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1508
1509         Create a w.Point2D object.
1510         """
1511         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1512     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point2D
1513     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1514     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1515         """
1516         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1517
1518         Convert to integer
1519         """
1520         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1521
1522     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1523         """
1524         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1525
1526         Convert to integer
1527         """
1528         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1529
1530     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1531         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1532         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1533
1534     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1535         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1536         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1537
1538     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1539         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1540         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1541
1542     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1543         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1544         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1545
1546     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1547         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1548         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1549     def Normalize(self):
1550         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1551
1552     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1553         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1554         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1555
1556     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1557         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1558         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1559
1560     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1561         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1562         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1563
1564     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1565         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1566         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1567
1568     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1569         """
1570         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1571
1572         the reflection of this point
1573         """
1574         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1575
1576     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1577         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1578         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1579
1580     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1581         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1582         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1583
1584     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1585         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1586         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1587
1588     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1589         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1590         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1591
1592     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1593         """
1594         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1595
1596         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1597         """
1598         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1599
1600     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1601         """
1602         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1603
1604         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1605         """
1606         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1607
1608     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1609     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1610     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1611         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1612         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1613
1614     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1615         """
1616         Get() -> (x,y)
1617
1618         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1619         """
1620         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1621
1622     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1623     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1624     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1625     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1626     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1627     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1628         if index == 0: self.x = val
1629         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1630         else: raise IndexError
1631     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1632     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1633     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1634
1635     Floor = property(GetFloor,doc="See `GetFloor`")
1636     Rounded = property(GetRounded,doc="See `GetRounded`")
1637     VectorAngle = property(GetVectorAngle,SetVectorAngle,doc="See `GetVectorAngle` and `SetVectorAngle`")
1638     VectorLength = property(GetVectorLength,SetVectorLength,doc="See `GetVectorLength` and `SetVectorLength`")
1639 _core_.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1640
1641 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1642     """
1643     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1644
1645     Create a w.Point2D object.
1646     """
1647     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1648     return val
1649
1650 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1651     """
1652     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1653
1654     Create a w.Point2D object.
1655     """
1656     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1657     return val
1658
1659 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1660
1661 Inside = _core_.Inside
1662 OutLeft = _core_.OutLeft
1663 OutRight = _core_.OutRight
1664 OutTop = _core_.OutTop
1665 OutBottom = _core_.OutBottom
1666 class Rect2D(object):
1667     """
1668     wx.Rect2D is a rectangle, with position and size, in a 2D coordinate system
1669     with floating point component values.
1670     """
1671     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1672     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1673     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1674         """
1675         __init__(self, wxDouble x=0.0, wxDouble y=0.0, wxDouble w=0.0, wxDouble h=0.0) -> Rect2D
1676
1677         wx.Rect2D is a rectangle, with position and size, in a 2D coordinate system
1678         with floating point component values.
1679         """
1680         _core_.Rect2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect2D(*args, **kwargs))
1681     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect2D
1682     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1683     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1684         """GetPosition(self) -> Point2D"""
1685         return _core_.Rect2D_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1686
1687     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1688         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1689         return _core_.Rect2D_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1690
1691     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1692         """GetLeft(self) -> wxDouble"""
1693         return _core_.Rect2D_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1694
1695     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1696         """SetLeft(self, wxDouble n)"""
1697         return _core_.Rect2D_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1698
1699     def MoveLeftTo(*args, **kwargs):
1700         """MoveLeftTo(self, wxDouble n)"""
1701         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveLeftTo(*args, **kwargs)
1702
1703     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1704         """GetTop(self) -> wxDouble"""
1705         return _core_.Rect2D_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1706
1707     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1708         """SetTop(self, wxDouble n)"""
1709         return _core_.Rect2D_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1710
1711     def MoveTopTo(*args, **kwargs):
1712         """MoveTopTo(self, wxDouble n)"""
1713         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveTopTo(*args, **kwargs)
1714
1715     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1716         """GetBottom(self) -> wxDouble"""
1717         return _core_.Rect2D_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1718
1719     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1720         """SetBottom(self, wxDouble n)"""
1721         return _core_.Rect2D_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1722
1723     def MoveBottomTo(*args, **kwargs):
1724         """MoveBottomTo(self, wxDouble n)"""
1725         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveBottomTo(*args, **kwargs)
1726
1727     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1728         """GetRight(self) -> wxDouble"""
1729         return _core_.Rect2D_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1730
1731     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1732         """SetRight(self, wxDouble n)"""
1733         return _core_.Rect2D_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1734
1735     def MoveRightTo(*args, **kwargs):
1736         """MoveRightTo(self, wxDouble n)"""
1737         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveRightTo(*args, **kwargs)
1738
1739     def GetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs):
1740         """GetLeftTop(self) -> Point2D"""
1741         return _core_.Rect2D_GetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs)
1742
1743     def SetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs):
1744         """SetLeftTop(self, Point2D pt)"""
1745         return _core_.Rect2D_SetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs)
1746
1747     def MoveLeftTopTo(*args, **kwargs):
1748         """MoveLeftTopTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1749         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveLeftTopTo(*args, **kwargs)
1750
1751     def GetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1752         """GetLeftBottom(self) -> Point2D"""
1753         return _core_.Rect2D_GetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1754
1755     def SetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1756         """SetLeftBottom(self, Point2D pt)"""
1757         return _core_.Rect2D_SetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1758
1759     def MoveLeftBottomTo(*args, **kwargs):
1760         """MoveLeftBottomTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1761         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveLeftBottomTo(*args, **kwargs)
1762
1763     def GetRightTop(*args, **kwargs):
1764         """GetRightTop(self) -> Point2D"""
1765         return _core_.Rect2D_GetRightTop(*args, **kwargs)
1766
1767     def SetRightTop(*args, **kwargs):
1768         """SetRightTop(self, Point2D pt)"""
1769         return _core_.Rect2D_SetRightTop(*args, **kwargs)
1770
1771     def MoveRightTopTo(*args, **kwargs):
1772         """MoveRightTopTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1773         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveRightTopTo(*args, **kwargs)
1774
1775     def GetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1776         """GetRightBottom(self) -> Point2D"""
1777         return _core_.Rect2D_GetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1778
1779     def SetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1780         """SetRightBottom(self, Point2D pt)"""
1781         return _core_.Rect2D_SetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1782
1783     def MoveRightBottomTo(*args, **kwargs):
1784         """MoveRightBottomTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1785         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveRightBottomTo(*args, **kwargs)
1786
1787     def GetCentre(*args, **kwargs):
1788         """GetCentre(self) -> Point2D"""
1789         return _core_.Rect2D_GetCentre(*args, **kwargs)
1790
1791     def SetCentre(*args, **kwargs):
1792         """SetCentre(self, Point2D pt)"""
1793         return _core_.Rect2D_SetCentre(*args, **kwargs)
1794
1795     def MoveCentreTo(*args, **kwargs):
1796         """MoveCentreTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1797         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveCentreTo(*args, **kwargs)
1798
1799     def GetOutcode(*args, **kwargs):
1800         """GetOutcode(self, Point2D pt) -> int"""
1801         return _core_.Rect2D_GetOutcode(*args, **kwargs)
1802
1803     def Contains(*args, **kwargs):
1804         """Contains(self, Point2D pt) -> bool"""
1805         return _core_.Rect2D_Contains(*args, **kwargs)
1806
1807     def ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs):
1808         """ContainsRect(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool"""
1809         return _core_.Rect2D_ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs)
1810
1811     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1812         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1813         return _core_.Rect2D_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1814
1815     def HaveEqualSize(*args, **kwargs):
1816         """HaveEqualSize(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool"""
1817         return _core_.Rect2D_HaveEqualSize(*args, **kwargs)
1818
1819     def Inset(*args):
1820         """
1821         Inset(self, wxDouble x, wxDouble y)
1822         Inset(self, wxDouble left, wxDouble top, wxDouble right, wxDouble bottom)
1823         """
1824         return _core_.Rect2D_Inset(*args)
1825
1826     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1827         """Offset(self, Point2D pt)"""
1828         return _core_.Rect2D_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1829
1830     def ConstrainTo(*args, **kwargs):
1831         """ConstrainTo(self, Rect2D rect)"""
1832         return _core_.Rect2D_ConstrainTo(*args, **kwargs)
1833
1834     def Interpolate(*args, **kwargs):
1835         """Interpolate(self, int widthfactor, int heightfactor) -> Point2D"""
1836         return _core_.Rect2D_Interpolate(*args, **kwargs)
1837
1838     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1839         """Intersect(self, Rect2D otherRect)"""
1840         return _core_.Rect2D_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1841
1842     def CreateIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
1843         """CreateIntersection(self, Rect2D otherRect) -> Rect2D"""
1844         return _core_.Rect2D_CreateIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
1845
1846     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1847         """Intersects(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool"""
1848         return _core_.Rect2D_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1849
1850     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1851         """Union(self, Rect2D otherRect)"""
1852         return _core_.Rect2D_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1853
1854     def CreateUnion(*args, **kwargs):
1855         """CreateUnion(self, Rect2D otherRect) -> Rect2D"""
1856         return _core_.Rect2D_CreateUnion(*args, **kwargs)
1857
1858     def Scale(*args):
1859         """
1860         Scale(self, wxDouble f)
1861         Scale(self, int num, int denum)
1862         """
1863         return _core_.Rect2D_Scale(*args)
1864
1865     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1866         """
1867         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1868
1869         Test for equality of wx.Rect2D objects.
1870         """
1871         return _core_.Rect2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1872
1873     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1874         """
1875         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1876
1877         Test for inequality of wx.Rect2D objects.
1878         """
1879         return _core_.Rect2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1880
1881     x = property(_core_.Rect2D_x_get, _core_.Rect2D_x_set)
1882     y = property(_core_.Rect2D_y_get, _core_.Rect2D_y_set)
1883     width = property(_core_.Rect2D_width_get, _core_.Rect2D_width_set)
1884     height = property(_core_.Rect2D_height_get, _core_.Rect2D_height_set)
1885     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1886         """Set(self, wxDouble x=0, wxDouble y=0, wxDouble width=0, wxDouble height=0)"""
1887         return _core_.Rect2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1888
1889     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1890         """
1891         Get() -> (x,y, width, height)
1892
1893         Return x, y, width and height y properties as a tuple.
1894         """
1895         return _core_.Rect2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1896
1897     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1898     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect2D'+str(self.Get())
1899     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1900     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1901     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1902         if index == 0: self.x = val
1903         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1904         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1905         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1906         else: raise IndexError
1907     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0)
1908     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1909     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect2D, self.Get())
1910
1911 _core_.Rect2D_swigregister(Rect2D)
1912
1913 class Position(object):
1914     """Proxy of C++ Position class"""
1915     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1916     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1917     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1918         """__init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> Position"""
1919         _core_.Position_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Position(*args, **kwargs))
1920     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Position
1921     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1922     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
1923         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
1924         return _core_.Position_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
1925
1926     def GetColumn(*args, **kwargs):
1927         """GetColumn(self) -> int"""
1928         return _core_.Position_GetColumn(*args, **kwargs)
1929
1930     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
1931         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
1932         return _core_.Position_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
1933
1934     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
1935         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
1936         return _core_.Position_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
1937
1938     def SetColumn(*args, **kwargs):
1939         """SetColumn(self, int column)"""
1940         return _core_.Position_SetColumn(*args, **kwargs)
1941
1942     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
1943         """SetCol(self, int column)"""
1944         return _core_.Position_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
1945
1946     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1947         """
1948         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1949
1950         Test for equality of wx.Position objects.
1951         """
1952         return _core_.Position___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1953
1954     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1955         """
1956         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1957
1958         Test for inequality of wx.Position objects.
1959         """
1960         return _core_.Position___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1961
1962     def __add__(*args):
1963         """
1964         __add__(self, Position p) -> Position
1965         __add__(self, Size s) -> Position
1966         """
1967         return _core_.Position___add__(*args)
1968
1969     def __sub__(*args):
1970         """
1971         __sub__(self, Position p) -> Position
1972         __sub__(self, Size s) -> Position
1973         """
1974         return _core_.Position___sub__(*args)
1975
1976     row = property(GetRow,SetRow)
1977     col = property(GetCol,SetCol)
1978 _core_.Position_swigregister(Position)
1979
1980 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1981
1982 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1983 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1984 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1985 class InputStream(object):
1986     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1987     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1988     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1989     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1990         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1991         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1992     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1993     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1994     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1995         """close(self)"""
1996         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1997
1998     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1999         """flush(self)"""
2000         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
2001
2002     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
2003         """eof(self) -> bool"""
2004         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
2005
2006     def read(*args, **kwargs):
2007         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
2008         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
2009
2010     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
2011         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
2012         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
2013
2014     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
2015         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
2016         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
2017
2018     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
2019         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
2020         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
2021
2022     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
2023         """tell(self) -> int"""
2024         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
2025
2026     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
2027         """Peek(self) -> char"""
2028         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
2029
2030     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
2031         """GetC(self) -> char"""
2032         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
2033
2034     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
2035         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
2036         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
2037
2038     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2039         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
2040         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2041
2042     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
2043         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
2044         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
2045
2046     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
2047         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
2048         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
2049
2050     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
2051         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
2052         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
2053
2054     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
2055         """TellI(self) -> long"""
2056         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
2057
2058 _core_.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
2059 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
2060 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
2061
2062 class OutputStream(object):
2063     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
2064     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2065     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
2066     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2067     def write(*args, **kwargs):
2068         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
2069         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
2070
2071     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
2072         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
2073         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
2074
2075 _core_.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
2076
2077 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2078
2079 class FSFile(Object):
2080     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
2081     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2082     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2083     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2084         """
2085         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
2086             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
2087         """
2088         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
2089     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
2090     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2091     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
2092         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
2093         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
2094
2095     def DetachStream(*args, **kwargs):
2096         """DetachStream(self)"""
2097         return _core_.FSFile_DetachStream(*args, **kwargs)
2098
2099     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2100         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
2101         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2102
2103     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
2104         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
2105         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
2106
2107     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
2108         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
2109         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
2110
2111     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
2112         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
2113         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
2114
2115     Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`")
2116     Location = property(GetLocation,doc="See `GetLocation`")
2117     MimeType = property(GetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType`")
2118     ModificationTime = property(GetModificationTime,doc="See `GetModificationTime`")
2119     Stream = property(GetStream,doc="See `GetStream`")
2120 _core_.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
2121
2122 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
2123     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
2124     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2125     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
2126     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2127     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
2128     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2129 _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
2130
2131 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2132     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
2133     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2134     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2135     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2136         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
2137         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2138         FileSystemHandler._setCallbackInfo(self, self, FileSystemHandler)
2139
2140     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
2141         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
2142         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
2143
2144     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2145         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2146         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2147
2148     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2149         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2150         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2151
2152     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2153         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2154         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2155
2156     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2157         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2158         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2159
2160     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
2161         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
2162         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
2163
2164     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
2165         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
2166         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
2167
2168     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
2169         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
2170         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
2171
2172     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
2173         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
2174         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
2175
2176     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
2177         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
2178         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
2179
2180     Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`")
2181     LeftLocation = property(GetLeftLocation,doc="See `GetLeftLocation`")
2182     MimeTypeFromExt = property(GetMimeTypeFromExt,doc="See `GetMimeTypeFromExt`")
2183     Protocol = property(GetProtocol,doc="See `GetProtocol`")
2184     RightLocation = property(GetRightLocation,doc="See `GetRightLocation`")
2185 _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
2186
2187 class FileSystem(Object):
2188     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
2189     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2190     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2191     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2192         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
2193         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
2194     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
2195     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2196     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
2197         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
2198         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
2199
2200     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
2201         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
2202         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
2203
2204     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2205         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
2206         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2207
2208     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2209         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2210         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2211
2212     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2213         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2214         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2215
2216     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2217         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
2218         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2219
2220     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2221     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2222         """RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler"""
2223         return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2224
2225     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2226     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2227         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
2228         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2229
2230     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
2231     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
2232         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
2233         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
2234
2235     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
2236     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
2237         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
2238         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
2239
2240     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
2241     Path = property(GetPath,doc="See `GetPath`")
2242 _core_.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
2243
2244 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2245   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
2246   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2247
2248 def FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2249   """FileSystem_RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler"""
2250   return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2251
2252 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
2253   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
2254   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
2255
2256 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
2257   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
2258   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
2259
2260 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
2261   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
2262   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
2263
2264 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2265     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
2266     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2267     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2268     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2269         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
2270         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2271     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2272         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2273         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2274
2275     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2276         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2277         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2278
2279 _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
2280
2281 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2282     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
2283     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2284     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2285     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2286         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
2287         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2288     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2289         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2290         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2291
2292     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2293         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2294         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2295
2296     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2297         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2298         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2299
2300     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2301         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2302         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2303
2304 _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
2305
2306
2307 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
2308   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
2309   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
2310
2311 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2312   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
2313   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2314
2315 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
2316   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
2317   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
2318 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
2319     """
2320     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
2321     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
2322     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
2323     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
2324     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
2325     """
2326     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
2327         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
2328     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
2329         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
2330     elif type(dataItem) == str:
2331         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
2332     else:
2333         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
2334
2335 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2336     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
2337     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2338     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2339     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2340         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
2341         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2342     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2343         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2344         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2345
2346     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
2347     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
2348     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2349         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2350         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2351
2352     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2353         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2354         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2355
2356     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2357         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2358         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2359
2360     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2361         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2362         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2363
2364 _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
2365
2366 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2367   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2368   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2369
2370 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
2371 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
2372 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
2373 IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL = _core_.IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL
2374 IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH
2375 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2376
2377 class ImageHandler(Object):
2378     """
2379     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2380     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
2381     normally seen by the application.
2382     """
2383     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2384     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
2385     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2386     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
2387         """GetName(self) -> String"""
2388         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
2389
2390     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2391         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
2392         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2393
2394     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
2395         """GetType(self) -> long"""
2396         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
2397
2398     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2399         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
2400         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2401
2402     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2403         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
2404         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2405
2406     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2407         """CanReadStream(self, InputStream stream) -> bool"""
2408         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2409
2410     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
2411         """SetName(self, String name)"""
2412         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
2413
2414     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2415         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
2416         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2417
2418     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
2419         """SetType(self, long type)"""
2420         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
2421
2422     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2423         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2424         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2425
2426     Extension = property(GetExtension,SetExtension,doc="See `GetExtension` and `SetExtension`")
2427     MimeType = property(GetMimeType,SetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType` and `SetMimeType`")
2428     Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
2429     Type = property(GetType,SetType,doc="See `GetType` and `SetType`")
2430 _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2431
2432 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2433     """
2434     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2435     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2436     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2437     the following methods::
2438
2439         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2440             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2441
2442         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2443             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2444
2445         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2446             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2447                this handler's image file format.'''
2448
2449         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2450             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2451                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2452
2453     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2454     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2455     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2456
2457     """
2458     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2459     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2460     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2461         """
2462         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2463
2464         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2465         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2466         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2467         the following methods::
2468
2469             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2470                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2471
2472             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2473                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2474
2475             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2476                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2477                    this handler's image file format.'''
2478
2479             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2480                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2481                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2482
2483         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2484         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2485         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2486
2487         """
2488         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2489         self._SetSelf(self)
2490
2491     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2492         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2493         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2494
2495 _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2496
2497 class ImageHistogram(object):
2498     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2499     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2500     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2501     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2502         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2503         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2504     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2505         """
2506         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2507
2508         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2509         """
2510         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2511
2512     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2513     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2514         """
2515         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2516
2517         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2518         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2519         success flag and rgb values.
2520         """
2521         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2522
2523     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2524         """
2525         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2526
2527         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2528         key value from a RGB tripple.
2529         """
2530         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2531
2532     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2533         """
2534         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2535
2536         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2537         """
2538         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2539
2540     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2541         """
2542         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2543
2544         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2545         """
2546         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2547
2548 _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2549
2550 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2551   """
2552     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2553
2554     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2555     """
2556   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2557
2558 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2559     """
2560     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2561     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2562     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2563     color space.
2564     """
2565     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2566     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2567     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2568         """
2569         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2570
2571         Constructor.
2572         """
2573         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2574     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2575     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2576     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2577 _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2578
2579 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2580     """
2581     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2582     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2583     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2584     color space.
2585     """
2586     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2587     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2588     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2589         """
2590         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2591
2592         Constructor.
2593         """
2594         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2595     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2596     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2597     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2598 _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2599
2600 class Image(Object):
2601     """
2602     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2603     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2604     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2605     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2606
2607     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2608     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2609     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2610     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2611
2612     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2613     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2614     bitmap object.
2615
2616     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2617     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2618     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2619     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2620     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2621
2622     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2623     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2624     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2625     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2626     """
2627     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2628     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2629     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2630         """
2631         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2632
2633         Loads an image from a file.
2634         """
2635         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2636     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2637     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2638     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2639         """
2640         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2641
2642         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2643         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2644         """
2645         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2646
2647     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2648         """
2649         Destroy(self)
2650
2651         Destroys the image data.
2652         """
2653         args[0].this.own(False)
2654         return _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2655
2656     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2657         """
2658         Scale(self, int width, int height, int quality=IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL) -> Image
2659
2660         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2661         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2662         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.  The ``quality`` parameter
2663         specifies what method to use for resampling the image.  It can be
2664         either wx.IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL, which uses the normal default scaling
2665         method of pixel replication, or wx.IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH which uses
2666         bicubic and box averaging resampling methods for upsampling and
2667         downsampling respectively.
2668         """
2669         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2670
2671     def ResampleBox(*args, **kwargs):
2672         """ResampleBox(self, int width, int height) -> Image"""
2673         return _core_.Image_ResampleBox(*args, **kwargs)
2674
2675     def ResampleBicubic(*args, **kwargs):
2676         """ResampleBicubic(self, int width, int height) -> Image"""
2677         return _core_.Image_ResampleBicubic(*args, **kwargs)
2678
2679     def Blur(*args, **kwargs):
2680         """
2681         Blur(self, int radius) -> Image
2682
2683         Blurs the image in both horizontal and vertical directions by the
2684         specified pixel ``radius``. This should not be used when using a
2685         single mask colour for transparency.
2686         """
2687         return _core_.Image_Blur(*args, **kwargs)
2688
2689     def BlurHorizontal(*args, **kwargs):
2690         """
2691         BlurHorizontal(self, int radius) -> Image
2692
2693         Blurs the image in the horizontal direction only. This should not be
2694         used when using a single mask colour for transparency.
2695
2696         """
2697         return _core_.Image_BlurHorizontal(*args, **kwargs)
2698
2699     def BlurVertical(*args, **kwargs):
2700         """
2701         BlurVertical(self, int radius) -> Image
2702
2703         Blurs the image in the vertical direction only. This should not be
2704         used when using a single mask colour for transparency.
2705         """
2706         return _core_.Image_BlurVertical(*args, **kwargs)
2707
2708     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2709         """
2710         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2711
2712         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2713         """
2714         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2715
2716     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2717         """
2718         Rescale(self, int width, int height, int quality=IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL) -> Image
2719
2720         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2721         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2722
2723         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2724         """
2725         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2726
2727     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2728         """
2729         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2730
2731         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2732         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2733         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2734         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2735         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2736         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2737         newly exposed areas.
2738
2739         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2740         """
2741         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2742
2743     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2744         """
2745         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2746
2747         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2748         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2749         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2750         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2751         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2752         """
2753         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2754
2755     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2756         """
2757         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2758
2759         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2760         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2761         safe way to manipulate the data.
2762         """
2763         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2764
2765     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2766         """
2767         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2768
2769         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2770         """
2771         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2772
2773     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2774         """
2775         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2776
2777         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2778         """
2779         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2780
2781     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2782         """
2783         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2784
2785         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2786         """
2787         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2788
2789     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2790         """
2791         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2792
2793         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2794         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2795         for this.
2796         """
2797         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2798
2799     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2800         """
2801         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2802
2803         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2804         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2805         this.
2806
2807         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2808         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2809         the fully opaque pixels.
2810         """
2811         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2812
2813     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2814         """
2815         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2816
2817         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2818         """
2819         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2820
2821     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2822         """
2823         InitAlpha(self)
2824
2825         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2826         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2827         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2828         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2829         """
2830         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2831
2832     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2833         """
2834         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2835
2836         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2837         than the spcified threshold.
2838         """
2839         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2840
2841     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2842         """
2843         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2844
2845         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2846         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2847         success flag and rgb values.
2848         """
2849         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2850
2851     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2852         """
2853         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2854
2855         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2856         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2857         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2858         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2859
2860         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2861         nothing.
2862         """
2863         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2864
2865     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2866         """
2867         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2868
2869         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2870         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2871         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2872         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2873         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2874         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2875         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2876         """
2877         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2878
2879     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2880         """
2881         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2882
2883         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2884         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2885         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2886         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2887         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2888
2889         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2890         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2891         mask was successfully applied.
2892
2893         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2894         computationally intensive operation.
2895         """
2896         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2897
2898     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2899         """
2900         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2901
2902         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2903         """
2904         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2905
2906     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2907     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2908         """
2909         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2910
2911         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2912         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2913         the number of available images.
2914         """
2915         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2916
2917     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2918     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2919         """
2920         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2921
2922         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2923         library will try to autodetect the format.
2924         """
2925         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2926
2927     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2928         """
2929         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2930
2931         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2932         string.
2933         """
2934         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2935
2936     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2937         """
2938         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2939
2940         Saves an image in the named file.
2941         """
2942         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2943
2944     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2945         """
2946         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2947
2948         Saves an image in the named file.
2949         """
2950         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2951
2952     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2953         """
2954         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2955
2956         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2957         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2958         object.
2959         """
2960         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2961
2962     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2963     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2964         """
2965         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2966
2967         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2968         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2969         autodetect the format.
2970         """
2971         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2972
2973     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2974         """
2975         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2976
2977         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2978         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2979         """
2980         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2981
2982     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
2983         """
2984         IsOk(self) -> bool
2985
2986         Returns true if image data is present.
2987         """
2988         return _core_.Image_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
2989
2990     Ok = IsOk
2991     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2992         """
2993         GetWidth(self) -> int
2994
2995         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2996         """
2997         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2998
2999     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
3000         """
3001         GetHeight(self) -> int
3002
3003         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
3004         """
3005         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
3006
3007     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
3008         """
3009         GetSize(self) -> Size
3010
3011         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
3012         """
3013         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
3014
3015     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
3016         """
3017         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
3018
3019         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
3020         entirely to the image.
3021         """
3022         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
3023
3024     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
3025         """
3026         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
3027
3028         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
3029         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
3030         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
3031         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
3032         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
3033         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
3034         newly exposed areas.
3035         """
3036         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
3037
3038     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
3039         """
3040         Copy(self) -> Image
3041
3042         Returns an identical copy of the image.
3043         """
3044         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
3045
3046     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
3047         """
3048         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
3049
3050         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
3051         and any out of bounds problems.
3052         """
3053         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
3054
3055     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
3056         """
3057         GetData(self) -> PyObject
3058
3059         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
3060         """
3061         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
3062
3063     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
3064         """
3065         SetData(self, buffer data)
3066
3067         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
3068         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
3069         the data must be width*height*3.
3070         """
3071         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
3072
3073     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3074         """
3075         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
3076
3077         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
3078         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
3079         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
3080         """
3081         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3082
3083     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3084         """
3085         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
3086
3087         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
3088         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
3089         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
3090         """
3091         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3092
3093     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
3094         """
3095         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
3096
3097         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
3098         """
3099         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
3100
3101     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
3102         """
3103         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
3104
3105         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
3106         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
3107         data must be width*height.
3108         """
3109         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
3110
3111     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3112         """
3113         GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject
3114
3115         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the Alpha
3116         data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do not
3117         use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
3118         """
3119         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3120
3121     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3122         """
3123         SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)
3124
3125         Sets the internal image alpha pointer to point at a Python buffer
3126         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
3127         ensure that the buffer object lives as long as the wx.Image does.
3128         """
3129         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3130
3131     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
3132         """
3133         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
3134
3135         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
3136         mask).
3137         """
3138         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
3139
3140     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
3141         """
3142         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
3143
3144         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
3145         """
3146         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
3147
3148     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
3149         """
3150         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
3151
3152         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
3153         """
3154         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
3155
3156     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
3157         """
3158         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
3159
3160         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
3161         """
3162         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
3163
3164     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
3165         """
3166         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
3167
3168         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
3169         """
3170         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
3171
3172     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
3173         """
3174         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
3175
3176         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
3177         determined by the current mask colour.
3178         """
3179         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
3180
3181     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
3182         """
3183         HasMask(self) -> bool
3184
3185         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
3186         """
3187         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
3188
3189     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
3190         """
3191         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
3192             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
3193
3194         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
3195         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
3196         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
3197         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
3198         will be used as the fill colour.
3199
3200         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
3201         """
3202         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
3203
3204     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
3205         """
3206         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
3207
3208         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
3209         indicated by ``clockwise``.
3210         """
3211         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
3212
3213     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
3214         """
3215         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
3216
3217         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
3218         indicates the orientation.
3219         """
3220         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
3221
3222     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
3223         """
3224         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
3225
3226         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
3227         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
3228         """
3229         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
3230
3231     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
3232         """
3233         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
3234
3235         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
3236         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
3237         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
3238         """
3239         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
3240
3241     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
3242         """
3243         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
3244
3245         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
3246         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
3247         colour everywhere else.
3248         """
3249         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
3250
3251     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
3252         """
3253         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
3254
3255         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
3256         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
3257         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
3258         """
3259         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
3260
3261     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
3262         """
3263         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
3264
3265         Sets an image option as an integer.
3266         """
3267         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
3268
3269     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
3270         """
3271         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
3272
3273         Gets the value of an image handler option.
3274         """
3275         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
3276
3277     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
3278         """
3279         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
3280
3281         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
3282         option is not present, the function returns 0.
3283         """
3284         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
3285
3286     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
3287         """
3288         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
3289
3290         Returns true if the given option is present.
3291         """
3292         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
3293
3294     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
3295         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
3296         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
3297
3298     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
3299         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
3300         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
3301
3302     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3303         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3304         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3305
3306     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
3307     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3308         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3309         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3310
3311     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
3312     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3313         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3314         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3315
3316     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
3317     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
3318         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3319         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
3320
3321     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
3322     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
3323         """
3324         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3325
3326         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3327         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3328         dialog boxes.
3329         """
3330         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
3331
3332     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
3333     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3334         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
3335         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3336
3337     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3338         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
3339         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3340
3341     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
3342         """
3343         RotateHue(self, double angle)
3344
3345         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
3346         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
3347         """
3348         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
3349
3350     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3351         """
3352         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3353
3354         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3355         """
3356         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3357
3358     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
3359     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3360         """
3361         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3362
3363         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3364         """
3365         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3366
3367     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
3368     def __nonzero__(self): return self.IsOk()
3369     AlphaBuffer = property(GetAlphaBuffer,SetAlphaBuffer,doc="See `GetAlphaBuffer` and `SetAlphaBuffer`")
3370     AlphaData = property(GetAlphaData,SetAlphaData,doc="See `GetAlphaData` and `SetAlphaData`")
3371     Data = property(GetData,SetData,doc="See `GetData` and `SetData`")
3372     DataBuffer = property(GetDataBuffer,SetDataBuffer,doc="See `GetDataBuffer` and `SetDataBuffer`")
3373     Height = property(GetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight`")
3374     MaskBlue = property(GetMaskBlue,doc="See `GetMaskBlue`")
3375     MaskGreen = property(GetMaskGreen,doc="See `GetMaskGreen`")
3376     MaskRed = property(GetMaskRed,doc="See `GetMaskRed`")
3377     Width = property(GetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth`")
3378 _core_.Image_swigregister(Image)
3379
3380 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
3381     """
3382     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
3383
3384     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
3385     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
3386     """
3387     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
3388     return val
3389
3390 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
3391     """
3392     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
3393
3394     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
3395     object.
3396     """
3397     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
3398     return val
3399
3400 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
3401     """
3402     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
3403
3404     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
3405     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
3406     """
3407     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
3408     return val
3409
3410 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
3411     """
3412     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
3413
3414     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
3415     pixels to black.
3416     """
3417     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
3418     return val
3419
3420 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3421     """
3422     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
3423
3424     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
3425     """
3426     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3427     return val
3428
3429 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
3430     """
3431     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
3432
3433     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
3434     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
3435     must be width*height*3.
3436     """
3437     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
3438     return val
3439
3440 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
3441     """
3442     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
3443
3444     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
3445     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
3446     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
3447     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
3448     """
3449     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
3450     return val
3451
3452 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
3453   """
3454     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
3455
3456     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
3457     """
3458   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
3459
3460 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
3461   """
3462     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
3463
3464     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
3465     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
3466     the number of available images.
3467     """
3468   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
3469
3470 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
3471   """
3472     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
3473
3474     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
3475     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
3476     object.
3477     """
3478   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
3479
3480 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3481   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3482   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3483
3484 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3485   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3486   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3487
3488 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3489   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3490   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3491
3492 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3493   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3494   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3495
3496 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3497   """
3498     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3499
3500     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3501     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3502     dialog boxes.
3503     """
3504   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3505
3506 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3507   """
3508     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3509
3510     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3511     """
3512   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3513
3514 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3515   """
3516     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3517
3518     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3519     """
3520   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3521
3522
3523 def _ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3524   """_ImageFromBuffer(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha=None) -> Image"""
3525   return _core_._ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3526 def ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer=None):
3527     """
3528     Creates a `wx.Image` from the data in dataBuffer.  The dataBuffer
3529     parameter must be a Python object that implements the buffer interface,
3530     such as a string, array, etc.  The dataBuffer object is expected to
3531     contain a series of RGB bytes and be width*height*3 bytes long.  A buffer
3532     object can optionally be supplied for the image's alpha channel data, and
3533     it is expected to be width*height bytes long.
3534
3535     The wx.Image will be created with its data and alpha pointers initialized
3536     to the memory address pointed to by the buffer objects, thus saving the
3537     time needed to copy the image data from the buffer object to the wx.Image.
3538     While this has advantages, it also has the shoot-yourself-in-the-foot
3539     risks associated with sharing a C pointer between two objects.
3540
3541     To help alleviate the risk a reference to the data and alpha buffer
3542     objects are kept with the wx.Image, so that they won't get deleted until
3543     after the wx.Image is deleted.  However please be aware that it is not
3544     guaranteed that an object won't move its memory buffer to a new location
3545     when it needs to resize its contents.  If that happens then the wx.Image
3546     will end up referring to an invalid memory location and could cause the
3547     application to crash.  Therefore care should be taken to not manipulate
3548     the objects used for the data and alpha buffers in a way that would cause
3549     them to change size.
3550     """
3551     image = _core_._ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer)
3552     image._buffer = dataBuffer
3553     image._alpha = alphaBuffer
3554     return image
3555
3556 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3557     """
3558     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3559     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3560     """
3561     pass
3562
3563 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3564 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3565 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3566 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3567 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3568 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3569 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3570 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3571 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3572 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3573 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3574 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3575 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3576 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3577 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3578     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3579     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3580     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3581     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3582         """
3583         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3584
3585         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3586         """
3587         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3588 _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3589 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3590 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3591 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3592 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3593 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3594 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3595 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3596 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3597 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3598 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3599 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3600 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3601 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3602 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3603 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3604 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3605
3606 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3607     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3608     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3609     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3610     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3611         """
3612         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3613
3614         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3615         """
3616         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3617 _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3618
3619 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3620     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3621     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3622     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3623     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3624         """
3625         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3626
3627         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3628         """
3629         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3630 _core_.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3631
3632 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3633     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3634     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3635     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3636     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3637         """
3638         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3639
3640         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3641         """
3642         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3643 _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3644
3645 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3646     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3647     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3648     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3649     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3650         """
3651         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3652
3653         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3654         """
3655         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3656 _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3657
3658 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3659     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3660     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3661     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3662     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3663         """
3664         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3665
3666         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3667         """
3668         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3669 _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3670
3671 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3672     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3673     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3674     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3675     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3676         """
3677         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3678
3679         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3680         """
3681         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3682 _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3683
3684 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3685     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3686     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3687     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3688     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3689         """
3690         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3691
3692         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3693         """
3694         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3695 _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3696
3697 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3698     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3699     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3700     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3701     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3702         """
3703         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3704
3705         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3706         """
3707         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3708 _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3709
3710 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3711     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3712     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3713     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3714     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3715         """
3716         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3717
3718         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3719         """
3720         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3721 _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3722
3723 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3724     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3725     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3726     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3727     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3728         """
3729         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3730
3731         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3732         """
3733         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3734 _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3735
3736 class TGAHandler(ImageHandler):
3737     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TGA image files."""
3738     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3739     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3740     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3741         """
3742         __init__(self) -> TGAHandler
3743
3744         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TGA image files.
3745         """
3746         _core_.TGAHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TGAHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3747 _core_.TGAHandler_swigregister(TGAHandler)
3748
3749 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3750 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3751 class Quantize(object):
3752     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3753     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3754     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3755     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3756     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3757         """
3758         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3759
3760         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3761         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3762         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3763         """
3764         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3765
3766     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3767 _core_.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3768
3769 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3770   """
3771     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3772
3773     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3774     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3775     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3776     """
3777   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3778
3779 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3780
3781 class EvtHandler(Object):
3782     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3783     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3784     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3785     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3786         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3787         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3788         self._setOORInfo(self)
3789
3790     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3791         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3792         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3793
3794     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3795         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3796         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3797
3798     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3799         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3800         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3801
3802     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3803         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3804         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3805
3806     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3807         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3808         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3809
3810     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3811         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3812         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3813
3814     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3815         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3816         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3817
3818     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3819         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3820         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3821
3822     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3823         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3824         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3825
3826     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3827         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3828         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3829
3830     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3831         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3832         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3833
3834     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3835         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3836         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3837         args[0].this.own(False)
3838         return val
3839
3840     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3841         """
3842         Bind an event to an event handler.
3843
3844         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3845                       type of event to bind,
3846
3847         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3848                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3849                       disconnect an event handler.
3850
3851         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3852                       different window than self, but you still
3853                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3854                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3855                       passing the source of the event, the event
3856                       handling system is able to differentiate
3857                       between the same event type from different
3858                       controls.
3859
3860         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3861                    of instance.
3862
3863         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3864                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3865         """
3866         if source is not None:
3867             id  = source.GetId()
3868         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3869
3870     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3871         """
3872         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3873         Returns True if successful.
3874         """
3875         if source is not None:
3876             id  = source.GetId()
3877         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3878
3879     EvtHandlerEnabled = property(GetEvtHandlerEnabled,SetEvtHandlerEnabled,doc="See `GetEvtHandlerEnabled` and `SetEvtHandlerEnabled`")
3880     NextHandler = property(GetNextHandler,SetNextHandler,doc="See `GetNextHandler` and `SetNextHandler`")
3881     PreviousHandler = property(GetPreviousHandler,SetPreviousHandler,doc="See `GetPreviousHandler` and `SetPreviousHandler`")
3882 _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3883
3884 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3885
3886 class PyEventBinder(object):
3887     """
3888     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3889     handlers.
3890     """
3891     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3892         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3893             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3894         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3895
3896         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3897             self.evtType = evtType
3898         else:
3899             self.evtType = [evtType]
3900
3901
3902     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3903         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3904         for et in self.evtType:
3905             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3906
3907
3908     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3909         """Remove an event binding."""
3910         success = 0
3911         for et in self.evtType:
3912             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3913         return success != 0
3914
3915     def _getEvtType(self):
3916         """
3917         Make it easy to get to the default wxEventType typeID for this
3918         event binder.
3919         """
3920         return self.evtType[0]
3921
3922     typeId = property(_getEvtType)
3923
3924
3925     def __call__(self, *args):
3926         """
3927         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3928         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3929         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3930         type of the event.
3931         """
3932         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3933         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3934         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3935         target = args[0]
3936         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3937             func = args[1]
3938         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3939             id1 = args[1]
3940             func = args[2]
3941         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3942             id1 = args[1]
3943             id2 = args[2]
3944             func = args[3]
3945         else:
3946             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3947
3948         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3949
3950
3951 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3952 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3953     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3954 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3955     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3956
3957
3958 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3959
3960 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3961
3962 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3963 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3964
3965 def NewEventType(*args):
3966   """NewEventType() -> EventType"""
3967   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3968 wxEVT_ANY = _core_.wxEVT_ANY
3969 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3970 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3971 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3972 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3973 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3974 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3975 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3976 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3977 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3978 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3979 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3980 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3981 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3982 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3983 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3984 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3985 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3986 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3987 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3988 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3989 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3990 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3991 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3992 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3993 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3994 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3995 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3996 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3997 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3998 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3999 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4000 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
4001 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
4002 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
4003 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4004 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
4005 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
4006 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
4007 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
4008 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
4009 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
4010 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
4011 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
4012 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
4013 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
4014 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4015 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
4016 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
4017 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
4018 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
4019 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
4020 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
4021 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
4022 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
4023 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
4024 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
4025 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
4026 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
4027 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
4028 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
4029 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
4030 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
4031 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
4032 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
4033 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
4034 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
4035 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
4036 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
4037 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
4038 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
4039 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
4040 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
4041 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
4042 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
4043 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
4044 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
4045 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
4046 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
4047 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
4048 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
4049 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
4050 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
4051 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
4052 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
4053 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
4054 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST
4055 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
4056 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
4057 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
4058 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
4059 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
4060 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
4061 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
4062 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
4063 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
4064 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
4065 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
4066 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
4067 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
4068 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
4069 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
4070 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
4071 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
4072 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
4073 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
4074 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
4075 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
4076 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
4077 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
4078 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
4079 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
4080 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
4081 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
4082 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
4083 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
4084 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
4085 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
4086 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
4087 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
4088 #
4089 # Create some event binders
4090 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
4091 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
4092 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
4093 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
4094 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
4095 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
4096 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
4097 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
4098 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
4099 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
4100 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
4101 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
4102 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
4103 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
4104 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
4105 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
4106 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
4107 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
4108 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
4109 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
4110 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
4111 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
4112 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
4113 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
4114 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
4115 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
4116 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
4117 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
4118 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
4119 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
4120 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
4121 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
4122 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
4123 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
4124 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
4125 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
4126 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
4127 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
4128 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
4129 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
4130 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
4131 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST )
4132
4133 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
4134 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
4135 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
4136 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
4137 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
4138 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
4139 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
4140 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
4141 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
4142 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
4143 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
4144 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
4145 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
4146
4147 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
4148                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
4149                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
4150                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
4151                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
4152                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
4153                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
4154                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
4155                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
4156                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
4157                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
4158                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
4159                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4160                                      ])
4161
4162
4163 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
4164 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
4165                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
4166                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
4167                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
4168                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
4169                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
4170                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
4171                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
4172                                   ])
4173
4174 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
4175 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
4176 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
4177 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
4178 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
4179 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
4180 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
4181 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
4182
4183 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
4184 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
4185                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
4186                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
4187                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
4188                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
4189                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
4190                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
4191                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
4192                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
4193                                ])
4194
4195 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
4196 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
4197 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
4198 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
4199 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
4200 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
4201 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
4202 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
4203 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
4204 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
4205
4206 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
4207 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
4208                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
4209                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
4210                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
4211                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
4212                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
4213                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
4214                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
4215                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
4216                                        ], 1)
4217
4218 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
4219 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
4220 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
4221 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
4222 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
4223 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
4224 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
4225 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
4226 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
4227 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
4228
4229 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
4230 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
4231 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
4232 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
4233 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
4234 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
4235 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
4236 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
4237 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
4238 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
4239
4240 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
4241 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
4242 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
4243 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
4244 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
4245 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
4246 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
4247 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
4248 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
4249
4250
4251 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
4252 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
4253 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
4254 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
4255 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
4256 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
4257 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
4258
4259 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
4260
4261 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
4262 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
4263
4264 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
4265
4266 EVT_TEXT_CUT   =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT )
4267 EVT_TEXT_COPY  =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY )
4268 EVT_TEXT_PASTE =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE )
4269
4270
4271 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4272
4273 class Event(Object):
4274     """
4275     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
4276     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
4277     other event classes
4278     """
4279     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4280     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
4281     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4282     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
4283     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4284     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
4285         """
4286         SetEventType(self, EventType typ)
4287
4288         Sets the specific type of the event.
4289         """
4290         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
4291
4292     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
4293         """
4294         GetEventType(self) -> EventType
4295
4296         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
4297         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
4298         """
4299         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
4300
4301     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
4302         """
4303         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
4304
4305         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
4306         any.
4307         """
4308         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
4309
4310     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
4311         """
4312         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
4313
4314         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
4315         object that is sending the event.
4316         """
4317         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
4318
4319     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
4320         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
4321         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
4322
4323     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
4324         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
4325         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
4326
4327     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
4328         """
4329         GetId(self) -> int
4330
4331         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
4332         command id.
4333         """
4334         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
4335
4336     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
4337         """
4338         SetId(self, int Id)
4339
4340         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
4341         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
4342         item, etc.
4343         """
4344         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
4345
4346     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
4347         """
4348         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
4349
4350         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
4351         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
4352         """
4353         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
4354
4355     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
4356         """
4357         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
4358
4359         This method can be used inside an event handler to control whether
4360         further event handlers bound to this event will be called after the
4361         current one returns. Without Skip() (or equivalently if Skip(False) is
4362         used), the event will not be processed any more. If Skip(True) is
4363         called, the event processing system continues searching for a further
4364         handler function for this event, even though it has been processed
4365         already in the current handler.
4366         """
4367         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
4368
4369     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
4370         """
4371         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
4372
4373         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
4374         :see: `Skip`
4375         """
4376         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
4377
4378     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
4379         """
4380         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
4381
4382         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
4383         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
4384         """
4385         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
4386
4387     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
4388         """
4389         StopPropagation(self) -> int
4390
4391         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
4392         propagation level value which may be later passed to
4393         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
4394         """
4395         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
4396
4397     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
4398         """
4399         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
4400
4401         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
4402         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
4403         `StopPropagation`.)
4404
4405         """
4406         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
4407
4408     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4409         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4410         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4411
4412     EventObject = property(GetEventObject,SetEventObject,doc="See `GetEventObject` and `SetEventObject`")
4413     EventType = property(GetEventType,SetEventType,doc="See `GetEventType` and `SetEventType`")
4414     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
4415     Skipped = property(GetSkipped,doc="See `GetSkipped`")
4416     Timestamp = property(GetTimestamp,SetTimestamp,doc="See `GetTimestamp` and `SetTimestamp`")
4417 _core_.Event_swigregister(Event)
4418
4419 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4420
4421 class PropagationDisabler(object):
4422     """
4423     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
4424     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
4425     propogation of the event will be restored.
4426     """
4427     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4428     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4429     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4430         """
4431         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
4432
4433         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
4434         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
4435         propogation of the event will be restored.
4436         """
4437         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
4438     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
4439     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4440 _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
4441
4442 class PropagateOnce(object):
4443     """
4444     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4445     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4446     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4447     """
4448     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4449     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4450     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4451         """
4452         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
4453
4454         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4455         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4456         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4457         """
4458         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
4459     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
4460     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4461 _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
4462
4463 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4464
4465 class CommandEvent(Event):
4466     """
4467     This event class contains information about command events, which
4468     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4469     toolbars.
4470     """
4471     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4472     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4473     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4474         """
4475         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
4476
4477         This event class contains information about command events, which
4478         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4479         toolbars.
4480         """
4481         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4482     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4483         """
4484         GetSelection(self) -> int
4485
4486         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4487         for a deselection).
4488         """
4489         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4490
4491     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
4492         """SetString(self, String s)"""
4493         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
4494
4495     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
4496         """
4497         GetString(self) -> String
4498
4499         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4500         for a deselection).
4501         """
4502         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
4503
4504     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
4505         """
4506         IsChecked(self) -> bool
4507
4508         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
4509         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
4510         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
4511         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
4512         makes sense for checkable menu items).
4513         """
4514         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
4515
4516     Checked = IsChecked
4517     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4518         """
4519         IsSelection(self) -> bool
4520
4521         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
4522         false if it is a deselection.
4523         """
4524         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4525
4526     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4527         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
4528         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4529
4530     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4531         """
4532         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
4533
4534         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
4535         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
4536         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
4537         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
4538         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
4539         listbox must be examined by the application.
4540         """
4541         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4542
4543     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4544         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
4545         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4546
4547     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4548         """
4549         GetInt(self) -> int
4550
4551         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
4552         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
4553         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
4554         """
4555         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4556
4557     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4558         """
4559         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4560
4561         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4562         """
4563         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4564
4565     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4566         """
4567         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4568
4569         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4570         """
4571         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4572
4573     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4574     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4575
4576     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4577         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4578         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4579
4580     ClientData = property(GetClientData,SetClientData,doc="See `GetClientData` and `SetClientData`")
4581     ClientObject = property(GetClientObject,SetClientObject,doc="See `GetClientObject` and `SetClientObject`")
4582     ExtraLong = property(GetExtraLong,SetExtraLong,doc="See `GetExtraLong` and `SetExtraLong`")
4583     Int = property(GetInt,SetInt,doc="See `GetInt` and `SetInt`")
4584     Selection = property(GetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection`")
4585     String = property(GetString,SetString,doc="See `GetString` and `SetString`")
4586 _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4587
4588 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4589
4590 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4591     """
4592     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4593     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4594     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4595     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4596     """
4597     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4598     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4599     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4600         """
4601         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4602
4603         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4604         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4605         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4606         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4607         """
4608         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4609     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4610         """
4611         Veto(self)
4612
4613         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4614
4615         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4616         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4617         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4618         """
4619         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4620
4621     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4622         """
4623         Allow(self)
4624
4625         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4626         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4627         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4628         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4629         """
4630         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4631
4632     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4633         """
4634         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4635
4636         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4637         false otherwise (if it was).
4638         """
4639         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4640
4641 _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4642
4643 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4644
4645 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4646     """
4647     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4648     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4649     instances of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4650     instead.
4651     """
4652     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4653     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4654     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4655         """
4656         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4657             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4658         """
4659         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4660     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4661         """
4662         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4663
4664         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4665         the scrollbar.
4666         """
4667         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4668
4669     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4670         """
4671         GetPosition(self) -> int
4672
4673         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4674         """
4675         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4676
4677     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4678         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4679         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4680
4681     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4682         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4683         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4684
4685     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
4686     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
4687 _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4688
4689 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4690
4691 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4692     """
4693     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4694     scrolling windows.
4695     """
4696     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4697     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4698     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4699         """
4700         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4701
4702         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4703         scrolling windows.
4704         """
4705         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4706     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4707         """
4708         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4709
4710         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4711         the scrollbar.
4712         """
4713         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4714
4715     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4716         """
4717         GetPosition(self) -> int
4718
4719         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4720         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4721         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4722         """
4723         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4724
4725     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4726         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4727         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4728
4729     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4730         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4731         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4732
4733     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
4734     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
4735 _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4736
4737 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4738
4739 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4740 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4741 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4742 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4743 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4744 class MouseEvent(Event):
4745     """
4746     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4747     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4748     mouse move events.
4749
4750     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4751     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4752     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4753     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4754     events from it.
4755
4756     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4757     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4758     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4759     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4760     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4761     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4762     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4763     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4764     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4765     """
4766     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4767     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4768     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4769         """
4770         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4771
4772         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4773
4774             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4775             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4776             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4777             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4778             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4779             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4780             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4781             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4782             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4783             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4784             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4785             * wxEVT_MOTION
4786             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4787         """
4788         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4789     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4790         """
4791         IsButton(self) -> bool
4792
4793         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4794         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4795         """
4796         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4797
4798     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4799         """
4800         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4801
4802         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4803         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4804         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4805         values).
4806         """
4807         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4808
4809     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4810         """
4811         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4812
4813         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4814         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4815         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4816         values).
4817         """
4818         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4819
4820     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4821         """
4822         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4823
4824         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4825         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4826         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4827         """
4828         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4829
4830     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4831         """
4832         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4833
4834         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4835         values of button are:
4836
4837              ====================      =====================================
4838              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4839              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4840              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4841              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4842              ====================      =====================================
4843
4844         """
4845         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4846
4847     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4848         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4849         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4850
4851     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4852         """
4853         GetButton(self) -> int
4854
4855         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4856         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4857         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4858         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4859         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4860         right buttons respectively.
4861         """
4862         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4863
4864     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4865         """
4866         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4867
4868         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4869         """
4870         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4871
4872     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4873         """
4874         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4875
4876         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4877         """
4878         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4879
4880     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4881         """
4882         AltDown(self) -> bool
4883
4884         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4885         """
4886         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4887
4888     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4889         """
4890         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4891
4892         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4893         """
4894         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4895
4896     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4897         """
4898         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4899
4900         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4901         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4902         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4903         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4904         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4905         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4906         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4907         """
4908         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4909
4910     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4911         """
4912         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4913
4914         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4915         """
4916         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4917
4918     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4919         """
4920         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4921
4922         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4923         """
4924         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4925
4926     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4927         """
4928         RightDown(self) -> bool
4929
4930         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4931         """
4932         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4933
4934     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4935         """
4936         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4937
4938         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4939         """
4940         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4941
4942     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4943         """
4944         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4945
4946         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4947         """
4948         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4949
4950     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4951         """
4952         RightUp(self) -> bool
4953
4954         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4955         """
4956         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4957
4958     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4959         """
4960         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4961
4962         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4963         """
4964         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4965
4966     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4967         """
4968         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4969
4970         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4971         """
4972         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4973
4974     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4975         """
4976         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4977
4978         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4979         """
4980         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4981
4982     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4983         """
4984         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4985
4986         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4987         of the current event type.
4988
4989         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4990         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4991         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4992
4993         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4994         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4995         dragging the mouse.
4996         """
4997         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4998
4999     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
5000         """
5001         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
5002
5003         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
5004         of the current event type.
5005         """
5006         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
5007
5008     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
5009         """
5010         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
5011
5012         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
5013         of the current event type.
5014         """
5015         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
5016
5017     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
5018         """
5019         Dragging(self) -> bool
5020
5021         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
5022         depressed).
5023         """
5024         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
5025
5026     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
5027         """
5028         Moving(self) -> bool
5029
5030         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
5031         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
5032         false and Dragging returns true.
5033         """
5034         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
5035
5036     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
5037         """
5038         Entering(self) -> bool
5039
5040         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
5041         """
5042         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
5043
5044     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
5045         """
5046         Leaving(self) -> bool
5047
5048         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
5049         """
5050         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
5051
5052     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5053         """
5054         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5055
5056         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
5057         event happened.
5058         """
5059         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5060
5061     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
5062         """
5063         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
5064
5065         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
5066         event happened.
5067         """
5068         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
5069
5070     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5071         """
5072         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
5073
5074         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
5075         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
5076         that the window has been scrolled).
5077         """
5078         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5079
5080     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
5081         """
5082         GetX(self) -> int
5083
5084         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
5085         """
5086         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
5087
5088     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
5089         """
5090         GetY(self) -> int
5091
5092         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
5093         """
5094         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
5095
5096     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
5097         """
5098         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
5099
5100         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
5101         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
5102         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
5103         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
5104         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
5105         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
5106         have been accumulated before scrolling.
5107         """
5108         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
5109
5110     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
5111         """
5112         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
5113
5114         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
5115         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
5116         should occur for each delta.
5117         """
5118         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
5119
5120     def GetWheelAxis(*args, **kwargs):
5121         """
5122         GetWheelAxis(self) -> int
5123
5124         Gets the axis the wheel operation concerns, 0 being the y axis as on
5125         most mouse wheels, 1 is the x axis for things like MightyMouse scrolls
5126         or horizontal trackpad scrolling.
5127         """
5128         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelAxis(*args, **kwargs)
5129
5130     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
5131         """
5132         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
5133
5134         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
5135         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
5136         """
5137         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
5138
5139     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
5140         """
5141         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
5142
5143         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
5144         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
5145         """
5146         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
5147
5148     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
5149     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
5150     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
5151     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
5152     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
5153     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
5154     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
5155     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
5156     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
5157     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
5158     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
5159     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
5160     Button = property(GetButton,doc="See `GetButton`")
5161     LinesPerAction = property(GetLinesPerAction,doc="See `GetLinesPerAction`")
5162     LogicalPosition = property(GetLogicalPosition,doc="See `GetLogicalPosition`")
5163     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5164     WheelDelta = property(GetWheelDelta,doc="See `GetWheelDelta`")
5165     WheelRotation = property(GetWheelRotation,doc="See `GetWheelRotation`")
5166     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
5167     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
5168 _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
5169
5170 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5171
5172 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
5173     """
5174     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
5175     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
5176     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
5177     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
5178     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
5179     """
5180     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5181     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5182     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5183         """
5184         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
5185
5186         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
5187         """
5188         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5189     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
5190         """
5191         GetX(self) -> int
5192
5193         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
5194         """
5195         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
5196
5197     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
5198         """
5199         GetY(self) -> int
5200
5201         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
5202         """
5203         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
5204
5205     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
5206         """
5207         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
5208
5209         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
5210         """
5211         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
5212
5213     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
5214         """
5215         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
5216
5217         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
5218         """
5219         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
5220
5221     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
5222         """
5223         HasCursor(self) -> bool
5224
5225         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
5226         """
5227         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
5228
5229     Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
5230     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
5231     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
5232 _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
5233
5234 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5235
5236 class KeyEvent(Event):
5237     """
5238     This event class contains information about keypress and character
5239     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
5240     the keyboard focus.
5241
5242     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
5243     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
5244     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
5245     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
5246     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
5247     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
5248     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
5249     corresponding to each down one.
5250
5251     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
5252     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
5253     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
5254     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
5255     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
5256     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
5257     example.
5258
5259     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
5260     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
5261     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
5262     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
5263     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
5264     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
5265     well.
5266
5267     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
5268     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
5269     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
5270     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
5271     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
5272     by the system itself.
5273
5274     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
5275     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
5276     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
5277     the ASCII value of this key combination.
5278
5279     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
5280     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
5281     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
5282     focus.
5283
5284     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
5285     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
5286     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
5287     types of events to be a bit simpler.
5288
5289     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
5290     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
5291     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
5292     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
5293
5294     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
5295     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
5296     work under Windows.
5297
5298     """
5299     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5300     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5301     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5302         """
5303         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
5304
5305         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
5306             *
5307         """
5308         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5309     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
5310         """
5311         GetModifiers(self) -> int
5312
5313         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
5314         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
5315         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
5316         example::
5317
5318             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
5319                 DoSomething()
5320
5321         """
5322         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
5323
5324     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
5325         """
5326         ControlDown(self) -> bool
5327
5328         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
5329         """
5330         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
5331
5332     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
5333         """
5334         MetaDown(self) -> bool
5335
5336         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
5337         """
5338         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
5339
5340     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
5341         """
5342         AltDown(self) -> bool
5343
5344         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
5345         """
5346         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
5347
5348     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
5349         """
5350         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
5351
5352         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
5353         """
5354         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
5355
5356     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
5357         """
5358         CmdDown(self) -> bool
5359
5360         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
5361         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
5362         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
5363         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
5364         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
5365         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
5366         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
5367         """
5368         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
5369
5370     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
5371         """
5372         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
5373
5374         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
5375         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
5376         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
5377         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
5378         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
5379         normally).
5380         """
5381         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
5382
5383     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
5384         """
5385         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
5386
5387         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
5388         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
5389         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
5390         codes.
5391
5392         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
5393         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
5394         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
5395         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
5396         """
5397         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
5398
5399     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
5400         """
5401         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
5402
5403         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
5404         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
5405         """
5406         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
5407
5408     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
5409     def SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
5410         """
5411         SetUnicodeKey(self, int uniChar)
5412
5413         Set the Unicode value of the key event, but only if this is a Unicode
5414         build of wxPython.
5415         """
5416         return _core_.KeyEvent_SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
5417
5418     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
5419         """
5420         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
5421
5422         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
5423         scan code which should only be used in advanced
5424         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
5425         ports.
5426         """
5427         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
5428
5429     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
5430         """
5431         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
5432
5433         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
5434         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
5435         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
5436         """
5437         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
5438
5439     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5440         """
5441         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5442
5443         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5444         """
5445         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5446
5447     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
5448         """
5449         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
5450
5451         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5452         """
5453         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
5454
5455     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
5456         """
5457         GetX(self) -> int
5458
5459         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5460         applicable.
5461         """
5462         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
5463
5464     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
5465         """
5466         GetY(self) -> int
5467
5468         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5469         applicable.
5470         """
5471         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
5472
5473     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
5474     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
5475     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
5476     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
5477     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
5478     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
5479     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
5480     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
5481     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
5482     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
5483     KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
5484     Modifiers = property(GetModifiers,doc="See `GetModifiers`")
5485     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5486     RawKeyCode = property(GetRawKeyCode,doc="See `GetRawKeyCode`")
5487     RawKeyFlags = property(GetRawKeyFlags,doc="See `GetRawKeyFlags`")
5488     UnicodeKey = property(GetUnicodeKey,SetUnicodeKey,doc="See `GetUnicodeKey` and `SetUnicodeKey`")
5489     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
5490     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
5491 _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
5492
5493 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5494
5495 class SizeEvent(Event):
5496     """
5497     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
5498     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
5499     been resized.
5500
5501     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
5502     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
5503     application.
5504
5505     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
5506     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
5507     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
5508     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
5509     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
5510     invalidate the entire window.
5511
5512     """
5513     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5514     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5515     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5516         """
5517         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
5518
5519         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
5520         """
5521         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5522     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5523         """
5524         GetSize(self) -> Size
5525
5526         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
5527         event.
5528         """
5529         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5530
5531     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5532         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5533         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5534
5535     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5536         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5537         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5538
5539     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5540         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
5541         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5542
5543     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
5544     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
5545     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
5546     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
5547 _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
5548
5549 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5550
5551 class MoveEvent(Event):
5552     """
5553     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
5554     moved to a new position.
5555     """
5556     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5557     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5558     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5559         """
5560         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
5561
5562         Constructor.
5563         """
5564         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5565     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5566         """
5567         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5568
5569         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
5570         """
5571         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5572
5573     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5574         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5575         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5576
5577     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5578         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5579         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5580
5581     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5582         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
5583         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5584
5585     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
5586     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
5587
5588     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
5589     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
5590 _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
5591
5592 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5593
5594 class PaintEvent(Event):
5595     """
5596     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
5597     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
5598     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
5599     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5600     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5601
5602     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5603     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5604     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5605     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5606     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5607     scrolled units.
5608
5609     """
5610     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5611     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5612     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5613         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5614         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5615 _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5616
5617 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5618     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5619     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5620     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5621     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5622         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5623         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5624 _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5625
5626 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5627
5628 class EraseEvent(Event):
5629     """
5630     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5631     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5632     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5633     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5634
5635     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5636     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5637     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5638
5639     """
5640     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5641     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5642     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5643         """
5644         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5645
5646         Constructor
5647         """
5648         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5649     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5650         """
5651         GetDC(self) -> DC
5652
5653         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5654         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5655         that instead.
5656         """
5657         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5658
5659     DC = property(GetDC,doc="See `GetDC`")
5660 _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5661
5662 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5663
5664 class FocusEvent(Event):
5665     """
5666     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5667     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5668     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5669
5670     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5671     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5672     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5673
5674     """
5675     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5676     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5677     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5678         """
5679         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5680
5681         Constructor
5682         """
5683         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5684     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5685         """
5686         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5687
5688         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5689         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5690         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5691
5692         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5693         """
5694         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5695
5696     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5697         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5698         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5699
5700     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
5701 _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5702
5703 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5704
5705 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5706     """
5707     A child focus event is sent to a (parent-)window when one of its child
5708     windows gains focus, so that the window could restore the focus back
5709     to its corresponding child if it loses it now and regains later.
5710
5711     Notice that child window is the direct child of the window receiving
5712     the event, and so may not be the actual widget recieving focus if it
5713     is further down the containment heirarchy.  Use `wx.Window.FindFocus`
5714     to get the widget that is actually receiving focus.
5715     """
5716     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5717     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5718     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5719         """
5720         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5721
5722         Constructor
5723         """
5724         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5725     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5726         """
5727         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5728
5729         The window, or (grand)parent of the window which has just received the
5730         focus.
5731         """
5732         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5733
5734     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
5735 _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5736
5737 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5738
5739 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5740     """
5741     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5742     application is being activated or deactivated.
5743
5744     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5745     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5746     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5747     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5748     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5749     application frames being inactive.
5750
5751     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5752     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5753     doing so can result in strange effects.
5754
5755     """
5756     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5757     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5758     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5759         """
5760         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5761
5762         Constructor
5763         """
5764         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5765     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5766         """
5767         GetActive(self) -> bool
5768
5769         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5770         otherwise.
5771         """
5772         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5773
5774     Active = property(GetActive,doc="See `GetActive`")
5775 _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5776
5777 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5778
5779 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5780     """
5781     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5782     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5783     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5784     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5785     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5786     """
5787     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5788     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5789     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5790         """
5791         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5792
5793         Constructor
5794         """
5795         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5796 _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5797
5798 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5799
5800 class MenuEvent(Event):
5801     """
5802     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5803     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5804     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5805
5806     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5807     text in the first field of the status bar.
5808     """
5809     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5810     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5811     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5812         """
5813         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5814
5815         Constructor
5816         """
5817         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5818     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5819         """
5820         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5821
5822         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5823         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5824         """
5825         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5826
5827     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5828         """
5829         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5830
5831         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5832         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5833         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5834         """
5835         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5836
5837     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5838         """
5839         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5840
5841         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5842         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5843         """
5844         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5845
5846     Menu = property(GetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu`")
5847     MenuId = property(GetMenuId,doc="See `GetMenuId`")
5848 _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5849
5850 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5851
5852 class CloseEvent(Event):
5853     """
5854     This event class contains information about window and session close
5855     events.
5856
5857     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5858     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5859     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5860     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5861     function.
5862
5863     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5864     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5865     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5866     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5867     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5868     files or to cancel the close.
5869
5870     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5871     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5872     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5873     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5874     """
5875     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5876     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5877     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5878         """
5879         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5880
5881         Constructor.
5882         """
5883         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5884     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5885         """
5886         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5887
5888         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5889         """
5890         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5891
5892     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5893         """
5894         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5895
5896         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5897         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5898         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5899         window event.
5900         """
5901         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5902
5903     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5904         """
5905         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5906
5907         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5908         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5909
5910         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5911         """
5912         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5913
5914     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5915         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5916         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5917
5918     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5919         """
5920         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5921
5922         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5923         """
5924         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5925
5926     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5927         """
5928         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5929
5930         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5931         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5932         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5933         must be called to check this.
5934         """
5935         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5936
5937     LoggingOff = property(GetLoggingOff,SetLoggingOff,doc="See `GetLoggingOff` and `SetLoggingOff`")
5938 _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5939
5940 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5941
5942 class ShowEvent(Event):
5943     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5944     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5945     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5946     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5947         """
5948         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5949
5950         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5951         """
5952         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5953     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5954         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5955         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5956
5957     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5958         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5959         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5960
5961     Show = property(GetShow,SetShow,doc="See `GetShow` and `SetShow`")
5962 _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5963
5964 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5965
5966 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5967     """
5968     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5969     restored.
5970     """
5971     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5972     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5973     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5974         """
5975         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5976
5977         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5978         restored.
5979         """
5980         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5981     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5982         """
5983         Iconized(self) -> bool
5984
5985         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5986         been restored.
5987         """
5988         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5989
5990 _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5991
5992 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5993
5994 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5995     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5996     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5997     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5998     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5999         """
6000         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
6001
6002         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
6003         """
6004         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6005 _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
6006
6007 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6008
6009 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
6010     """
6011     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
6012     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
6013     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
6014     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
6015
6016     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
6017     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
6018     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
6019     dropping files.
6020
6021     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
6022     events.
6023
6024     """
6025     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6026     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
6027     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6028     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6029         """
6030         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6031
6032         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
6033         """
6034         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6035
6036     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
6037         """
6038         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
6039
6040         Returns the number of files dropped.
6041         """
6042         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
6043
6044     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
6045         """
6046         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
6047
6048         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
6049         """
6050         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
6051
6052     Files = property(GetFiles,doc="See `GetFiles`")
6053     NumberOfFiles = property(GetNumberOfFiles,doc="See `GetNumberOfFiles`")
6054     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
6055 _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
6056
6057 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6058
6059 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
6060 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6061 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
6062     """
6063     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
6064     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
6065     interface elements.
6066
6067     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
6068     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
6069     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
6070     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
6071     menu item or button.
6072
6073     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
6074     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
6075     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
6076     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
6077     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
6078     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
6079     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
6080
6081     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
6082     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
6083     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
6084     update.
6085
6086     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
6087     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
6088     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
6089
6090     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
6091     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
6092
6093        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
6094           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
6095           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
6096           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
6097           events.
6098
6099        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
6100           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
6101           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
6102           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
6103           delay before windows are updated.
6104
6105     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
6106     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
6107     from an internal idle handler.
6108
6109     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
6110     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
6111     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
6112
6113     """
6114     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6115     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6116     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6117         """
6118         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
6119
6120         Constructor
6121         """
6122         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6123     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
6124         """
6125         GetChecked(self) -> bool
6126
6127         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
6128         """
6129         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
6130
6131     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
6132         """
6133         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
6134
6135         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
6136         """
6137         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
6138
6139     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
6140         """
6141         GetShown(self) -> bool
6142
6143         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
6144         """
6145         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
6146
6147     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
6148         """
6149         GetText(self) -> String
6150
6151         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
6152         """
6153         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
6154
6155     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
6156         """
6157         GetSetText(self) -> bool
6158
6159         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
6160         wxWidgets internal use only.
6161         """
6162         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
6163
6164     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
6165         """
6166         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
6167
6168         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
6169         internal use only.
6170         """
6171         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
6172
6173     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
6174         """
6175         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
6176
6177         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
6178         internal use only.
6179         """
6180         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
6181
6182     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
6183         """
6184         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
6185
6186         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
6187         internal use only.
6188         """
6189         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
6190
6191     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
6192         """
6193         Check(self, bool check)
6194
6195         Check or uncheck the UI element.
6196         """
6197         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
6198
6199     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
6200         """
6201         Enable(self, bool enable)
6202
6203         Enable or disable the UI element.
6204         """
6205         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
6206
6207     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
6208         """
6209         Show(self, bool show)
6210
6211         Show or hide the UI element.
6212         """
6213         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
6214
6215     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
6216         """
6217         SetText(self, String text)
6218
6219         Sets the text for this UI element.
6220         """
6221         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
6222
6223     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
6224         """
6225         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
6226
6227         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
6228         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
6229         default is 0.
6230
6231         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
6232         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
6233         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
6234         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
6235         about to be shown.
6236         """
6237         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
6238
6239     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
6240     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
6241         """
6242         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
6243
6244         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
6245         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
6246         """
6247         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
6248
6249     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
6250     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
6251         """
6252         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
6253
6254         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
6255         to) this window.
6256
6257         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
6258         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
6259         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
6260         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
6261         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
6262         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
6263         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
6264         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
6265         interval.
6266
6267         """
6268         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
6269
6270     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
6271     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
6272         """
6273         ResetUpdateTime()
6274
6275         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
6276         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
6277         is called at the end of idle processing.
6278         """
6279         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
6280
6281     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
6282     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6283         """
6284         SetMode(int mode)
6285
6286         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
6287         to those which specify that they will process the events.
6288
6289         The mode may be one of the following values:
6290
6291             =============================   ==========================================
6292             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
6293                                             is the default setting.
6294             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
6295                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
6296                                             style set.
6297             =============================   ==========================================
6298
6299         """
6300         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6301
6302     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6303     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6304         """
6305         GetMode() -> int
6306
6307         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
6308         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6309         events.
6310         """
6311         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6312
6313     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6314     Checked = property(GetChecked,Check,doc="See `GetChecked`")
6315     Enabled = property(GetEnabled,Enable,doc="See `GetEnabled`")
6316     Shown = property(GetShown,Show,doc="See `GetShown`")
6317     Text = property(GetText,SetText,doc="See `GetText` and `SetText`")
6318 _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
6319
6320 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
6321   """
6322     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
6323
6324     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
6325     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
6326     default is 0.
6327
6328     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
6329     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
6330     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
6331     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
6332     about to be shown.
6333     """
6334   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
6335
6336 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
6337   """
6338     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
6339
6340     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
6341     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
6342     """
6343   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
6344
6345 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
6346   """
6347     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
6348
6349     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
6350     to) this window.
6351
6352     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
6353     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
6354     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
6355     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
6356     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
6357     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
6358     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
6359     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
6360     interval.
6361
6362     """
6363   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
6364
6365 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
6366   """
6367     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
6368
6369     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
6370     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
6371     is called at the end of idle processing.
6372     """
6373   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
6374
6375 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6376   """
6377     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6378
6379     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
6380     to those which specify that they will process the events.
6381
6382     The mode may be one of the following values:
6383
6384         =============================   ==========================================
6385         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
6386                                         is the default setting.
6387         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
6388                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
6389                                         style set.
6390         =============================   ==========================================
6391
6392     """
6393   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6394
6395 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
6396   """
6397     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
6398
6399     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
6400     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6401     events.
6402     """
6403   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
6404
6405 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6406
6407 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
6408     """
6409     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
6410     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
6411     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
6412
6413     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
6414     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
6415     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
6416     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
6417     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
6418
6419     """
6420     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6421     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6422     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6423         """
6424         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
6425
6426         Constructor
6427         """
6428         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6429 _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
6430
6431 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6432
6433 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
6434     """
6435     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
6436     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
6437     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
6438     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
6439     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
6440
6441     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6442     """
6443     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6444     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6445     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6446         """
6447         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
6448
6449         Constructor
6450         """
6451         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6452     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6453         """
6454         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
6455
6456         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
6457         non-wxWidgets window.
6458         """
6459         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6460
6461     CapturedWindow = property(GetCapturedWindow,doc="See `GetCapturedWindow`")
6462 _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
6463
6464 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6465
6466 class MouseCaptureLostEvent(Event):
6467     """
6468     A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
6469     capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
6470     example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
6471     the mouse.
6472
6473     If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
6474     capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
6475     didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
6476     if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
6477     ReleaseMouse.
6478
6479     This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
6480
6481     """
6482     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6483     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6484     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6485         """
6486         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> MouseCaptureLostEvent
6487
6488         A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
6489         capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
6490         example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
6491         the mouse.
6492
6493         If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
6494         capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
6495         didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
6496         if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
6497         ReleaseMouse.
6498
6499         This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
6500
6501         """
6502         _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureLostEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6503 _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureLostEvent)
6504
6505 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6506
6507 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
6508     """
6509     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
6510     resolution has changed.
6511
6512     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6513     """
6514     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6515     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6516     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6517         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
6518         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6519 _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
6520
6521 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6522
6523 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
6524     """
6525     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6526     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6527     match.
6528
6529     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6530     """
6531     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6532     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6533     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6534         """
6535         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
6536
6537         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6538         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6539         match.
6540
6541         This event is implemented under Windows only.
6542         """
6543         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6544     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6545         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
6546         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6547
6548     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6549         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
6550         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6551
6552     ChangedWindow = property(GetChangedWindow,SetChangedWindow,doc="See `GetChangedWindow` and `SetChangedWindow`")
6553 _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
6554
6555 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6556
6557 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
6558     """
6559     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
6560     focus and should re-do its palette.
6561
6562     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6563     """
6564     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6565     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6566     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6567         """
6568         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
6569
6570         Constructor.
6571         """
6572         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6573     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6574         """
6575         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
6576
6577         App should set this if it changes the palette.
6578         """
6579         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6580
6581     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6582         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
6583         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6584
6585     PaletteRealized = property(GetPaletteRealized,SetPaletteRealized,doc="See `GetPaletteRealized` and `SetPaletteRealized`")
6586 _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
6587
6588 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6589
6590 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
6591     """
6592     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
6593     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
6594     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
6595     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
6596     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
6597     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
6598     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
6599     """
6600     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6601     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6602     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6603         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
6604         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6605     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6606         """
6607         GetDirection(self) -> bool
6608
6609         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
6610         """
6611         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6612
6613     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6614         """
6615         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
6616
6617         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
6618         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
6619         """
6620         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6621
6622     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6623         """
6624         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
6625
6626         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
6627         """
6628         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6629
6630     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6631         """
6632         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
6633
6634         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
6635         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
6636         by using Control-Tab.
6637         """
6638         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6639
6640     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6641         """
6642         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
6643
6644         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
6645         key.
6646         """
6647         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6648
6649     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6650         """
6651         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
6652
6653         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
6654         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
6655         """
6656         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6657
6658     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
6659         """
6660         SetFlags(self, long flags)
6661
6662         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
6663
6664             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6665             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6666             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6667             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6668
6669         """
6670         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6671
6672     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6673         """
6674         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6675
6676         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6677         ``None``.
6678         """
6679         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6680
6681     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6682         """
6683         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6684
6685         Set the window that has the focus.
6686         """
6687         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6688
6689     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6690     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6691     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6692     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6693     CurrentFocus = property(GetCurrentFocus,SetCurrentFocus,doc="See `GetCurrentFocus` and `SetCurrentFocus`")
6694     Direction = property(GetDirection,SetDirection,doc="See `GetDirection` and `SetDirection`")
6695 _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6696
6697 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6698
6699 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6700     """
6701     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6702     underlying GUI object) exists.
6703     """
6704     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6705     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6706     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6707         """
6708         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6709
6710         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6711         underlying GUI object) exists.
6712         """
6713         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6714     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6715         """
6716         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6717
6718         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6719         """
6720         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6721
6722     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
6723 _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6724
6725 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6726     """
6727     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6728     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6729
6730     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6731     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6732     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6733     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6734     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6735     notification of the destruction of another window.
6736     """
6737     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6738     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6739     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6740         """
6741         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6742
6743         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6744         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6745
6746         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6747         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6748         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6749         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6750         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6751         notification of the destruction of another window.
6752         """
6753         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6754     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6755         """
6756         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6757
6758         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6759         """
6760         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6761
6762     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
6763 _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6764
6765 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6766
6767 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6768     """
6769     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6770     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6771     """
6772     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6773     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6774     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6775         """
6776         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6777
6778         Constructor.
6779         """
6780         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6781     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6782         """
6783         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6784
6785         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6786         be shown.
6787         """
6788         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6789
6790     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6791         """
6792         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6793
6794         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6795         """
6796         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6797
6798     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
6799 _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6800
6801 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6802
6803 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6804 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6805 class IdleEvent(Event):
6806     """
6807     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6808     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6809     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6810     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6811     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6812     events and then becomes empty again.
6813
6814     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6815     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6816     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6817     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6818     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6819     to those windows and not to any others.
6820     """
6821     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6822     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6823     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6824         """
6825         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6826
6827         Constructor
6828         """
6829         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6830     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6831         """
6832         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6833
6834         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6835         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6836         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6837         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6838         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6839         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6840         system.
6841         """
6842         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6843
6844     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6845         """
6846         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6847
6848         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6849         requested more processing time.
6850         """
6851         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6852
6853     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6854         """
6855         SetMode(int mode)
6856
6857         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6858         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6859         events.
6860
6861         The mode can be one of the following values:
6862
6863             =========================   ========================================
6864             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6865             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6866                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6867                                         flag set.
6868             =========================   ========================================
6869
6870         """
6871         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6872
6873     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6874     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6875         """
6876         GetMode() -> int
6877
6878         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6879         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6880         will process the events.
6881         """
6882         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6883
6884     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6885     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6886         """
6887         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6888
6889         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6890         window.
6891
6892         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6893         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6894         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6895         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6896         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6897         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6898         """
6899         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6900
6901     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6902 _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6903
6904 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6905   """
6906     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6907
6908     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6909     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6910     events.
6911
6912     The mode can be one of the following values:
6913
6914         =========================   ========================================
6915         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6916         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6917                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6918                                     flag set.
6919         =========================   ========================================
6920
6921     """
6922   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6923
6924 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6925   """
6926     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6927
6928     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6929     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6930     will process the events.
6931     """
6932   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6933
6934 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6935   """
6936     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6937
6938     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6939     window.
6940
6941     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6942     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6943     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6944     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6945     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6946     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6947     """
6948   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6949
6950 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6951
6952 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent):
6953     """
6954     A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6955     copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6956     from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6957     popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6958     generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6959     """
6960     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6961     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6962     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6963         """
6964         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent
6965
6966         A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6967         copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6968         from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6969         popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6970         generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6971         """
6972         _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6973 _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent)
6974
6975 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6976
6977 class PyEvent(Event):
6978     """
6979     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6980     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6981     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6982     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6983     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6984
6985     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6986
6987     """
6988     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6989     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6990     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6991         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6992         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6993         self._SetSelf(self)
6994
6995     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6996     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6997     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6998         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6999         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
7000
7001     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
7002         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
7003         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
7004
7005 _core_.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
7006
7007 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
7008     """
7009     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
7010     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
7011     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
7012     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
7013     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
7014     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
7015
7016     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
7017
7018     """
7019     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7020     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7021     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7022         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
7023         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
7024         self._SetSelf(self)
7025
7026     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
7027     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7028     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
7029         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
7030         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
7031
7032     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
7033         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
7034         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
7035
7036 _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
7037
7038 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
7039     """
7040     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
7041     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
7042     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
7043     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
7044     """
7045     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7046     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7047     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7048         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent"""
7049         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
7050     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
7051         """
7052         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
7053
7054         Returns the date.
7055         """
7056         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
7057
7058     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
7059         """
7060         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
7061
7062         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
7063         internally.
7064         """
7065         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
7066
7067     Date = property(GetDate,SetDate,doc="See `GetDate` and `SetDate`")
7068 _core_.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
7069
7070 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
7071 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
7072
7073 class EventBlocker(EvtHandler):
7074     """Helper class to temporarily disable event handling for a window."""
7075     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7076     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7077     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7078         """
7079         __init__(self, Window win, EventType type=wxEVT_ANY) -> EventBlocker
7080
7081         Helper class to temporarily disable event handling for a window.
7082         """
7083         _core_.EventBlocker_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventBlocker(*args, **kwargs))
7084     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventBlocker
7085     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7086     def Block(*args, **kwargs):
7087         """Block(self, EventType type)"""
7088         return _core_.EventBlocker_Block(*args, **kwargs)
7089
7090 _core_.EventBlocker_swigregister(EventBlocker)
7091
7092 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7093
7094 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
7095 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
7096 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
7097 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
7098 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
7099 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
7100 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
7101     """
7102     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
7103     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
7104     """
7105     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7106     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7107     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7108         """
7109         __init__(self) -> PyApp
7110
7111         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
7112         """
7113         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
7114         self._setOORInfo(self, False);PyApp._setCallbackInfo(self, self, PyApp)
7115
7116     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
7117     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7118     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
7119         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref=False)"""
7120         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
7121
7122     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
7123         """
7124         GetAppName(self) -> String
7125
7126         Get the application name.
7127         """
7128         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
7129
7130     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
7131         """
7132         SetAppName(self, String name)
7133
7134         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
7135         `wx.Config` and such.
7136         """
7137         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
7138
7139     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
7140         """
7141         GetClassName(self) -> String
7142
7143         Get the application's class name.
7144         """
7145         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
7146
7147     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
7148         """
7149         SetClassName(self, String name)
7150
7151         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
7152         X-resources if applicable for the platform
7153         """
7154         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
7155
7156     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
7157         """
7158         GetVendorName(self) -> String
7159
7160         Get the application's vendor name.
7161         """
7162         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
7163
7164     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
7165         """
7166         SetVendorName(self, String name)
7167
7168         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
7169         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
7170         """
7171         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
7172
7173     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
7174         """
7175         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
7176
7177         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
7178         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
7179         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
7180         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
7181         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
7182         differences behind the common facade.
7183
7184         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
7185         """
7186         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
7187
7188     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
7189         """
7190         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
7191
7192         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
7193         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
7194         during each event loop iteration.
7195         """
7196         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
7197
7198     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
7199         """
7200         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
7201
7202         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
7203         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
7204         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
7205
7206         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
7207               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
7208               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
7209               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
7210
7211         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
7212
7213         """
7214         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
7215
7216     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
7217         """
7218         WakeUpIdle(self)
7219
7220         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
7221         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
7222         """
7223         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
7224
7225     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7226         """
7227         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
7228
7229         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
7230         currently be dispatched.
7231         """
7232         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7233
7234     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
7235     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
7236         """
7237         MainLoop(self) -> int
7238
7239         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
7240         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
7241         """
7242         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
7243
7244     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7245         """
7246         Exit(self)
7247
7248         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
7249         :see: `wx.Exit`
7250         """
7251         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7252
7253     def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
7254         """
7255         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int
7256
7257         Return the layout direction for the current locale.
7258         """
7259         return _core_.PyApp_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
7260
7261     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
7262         """
7263         ExitMainLoop(self)
7264
7265         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
7266         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
7267         """
7268         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
7269
7270     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7271         """
7272         Pending(self) -> bool
7273
7274         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
7275         """
7276         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7277
7278     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7279         """
7280         Dispatch(self) -> bool
7281
7282         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
7283         appears if there are none currently)
7284         """
7285         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7286
7287     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
7288         """
7289         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
7290
7291         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
7292         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
7293         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
7294         """
7295         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
7296
7297     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
7298         """
7299         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
7300
7301         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
7302         idle time is requested.
7303         """
7304         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
7305
7306     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
7307         """
7308         IsActive(self) -> bool
7309
7310         Return True if our app has focus.
7311         """
7312         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
7313
7314     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
7315         """
7316         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
7317
7318         Set the *main* top level window
7319         """
7320         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
7321
7322     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
7323         """
7324         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
7325
7326         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
7327         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
7328         there not any, will return None)
7329         """
7330         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
7331
7332     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
7333         """
7334         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
7335
7336         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
7337         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
7338         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
7339         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
7340         explicitly from somewhere.
7341         """
7342         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
7343
7344     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
7345         """
7346         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
7347
7348         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
7349         """
7350         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
7351
7352     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
7353         """
7354         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag, bool forceTrueColour=False)
7355
7356         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
7357         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
7358         """
7359         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
7360
7361     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
7362         """
7363         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
7364
7365         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
7366         """
7367         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
7368
7369     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
7370         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
7371         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
7372
7373     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
7374         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
7375         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
7376
7377     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
7378         """
7379         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
7380
7381         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
7382         """
7383         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
7384
7385     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
7386         """
7387         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
7388
7389         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
7390         """
7391         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
7392
7393     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7394         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7395         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7396
7397     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
7398     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7399         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7400         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7401
7402     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
7403     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7404         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7405         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7406
7407     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
7408     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7409         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7410         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7411
7412     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
7413     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7414         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7415         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7416
7417     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
7418     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7419         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7420         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7421
7422     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
7423     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7424         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7425         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7426
7427     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
7428     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7429         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7430         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7431
7432     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
7433     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7434         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7435         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7436
7437     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
7438     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7439         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7440         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7441
7442     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
7443     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
7444         """
7445         _BootstrapApp(self)
7446
7447         For internal use only
7448         """
7449         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
7450
7451     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
7452         """
7453         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7454
7455         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7456         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7457         """
7458         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
7459
7460     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
7461     def IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs):
7462         """
7463         IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool
7464
7465         Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
7466         This will mean different things on the different platforms.
7467
7468            * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
7469              not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
7470              if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
7471
7472            * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
7473              able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
7474              remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
7475              of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
7476
7477            * On MS Windows...
7478
7479         """
7480         return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs)
7481
7482     IsDisplayAvailable = staticmethod(IsDisplayAvailable)
7483     AppName = property(GetAppName,SetAppName,doc="See `GetAppName` and `SetAppName`")
7484     AssertMode = property(GetAssertMode,SetAssertMode,doc="See `GetAssertMode` and `SetAssertMode`")
7485     ClassName = property(GetClassName,SetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName` and `SetClassName`")
7486     ExitOnFrameDelete = property(GetExitOnFrameDelete,SetExitOnFrameDelete,doc="See `GetExitOnFrameDelete` and `SetExitOnFrameDelete`")
7487     LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection`")
7488     PrintMode = property(GetPrintMode,SetPrintMode,doc="See `GetPrintMode` and `SetPrintMode`")
7489     TopWindow = property(GetTopWindow,SetTopWindow,doc="See `GetTopWindow` and `SetTopWindow`")
7490     Traits = property(GetTraits,doc="See `GetTraits`")
7491     UseBestVisual = property(GetUseBestVisual,SetUseBestVisual,doc="See `GetUseBestVisual` and `SetUseBestVisual`")
7492     VendorName = property(GetVendorName,SetVendorName,doc="See `GetVendorName` and `SetVendorName`")
7493     Active = property(IsActive)
7494 _core_.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
7495
7496 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
7497   """
7498     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
7499
7500     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
7501     currently be dispatched.
7502     """
7503   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
7504
7505 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
7506   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7507   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
7508
7509 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
7510   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7511   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
7512
7513 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
7514   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7515   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
7516
7517 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
7518   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7519   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
7520
7521 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
7522   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7523   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
7524
7525 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7526   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7527   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7528
7529 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7530   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7531   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7532
7533 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7534   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7535   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7536
7537 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7538   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7539   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7540
7541 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7542   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7543   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7544
7545 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
7546   """
7547     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7548
7549     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7550     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7551     """
7552   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
7553
7554 def PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args):
7555   """
7556     PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool
7557
7558     Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
7559     This will mean different things on the different platforms.
7560
7561        * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
7562          not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
7563          if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
7564
7565        * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
7566          able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
7567          remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
7568          of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
7569
7570        * On MS Windows...
7571
7572     """
7573   return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args)
7574
7575 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7576
7577
7578 def Exit(*args):
7579   """
7580     Exit()
7581
7582     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
7583     """
7584   return _core_.Exit(*args)
7585
7586 def Yield(*args):
7587   """
7588     Yield() -> bool
7589
7590     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
7591     """
7592   return _core_.Yield(*args)
7593
7594 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
7595   """
7596     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
7597
7598     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
7599     """
7600   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
7601
7602 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
7603   """
7604     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
7605
7606     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
7607     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
7608     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
7609     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
7610     interaction.
7611
7612     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
7613     """
7614   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
7615
7616 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
7617   """
7618     WakeUpIdle()
7619
7620     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
7621     sent.
7622     """
7623   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
7624
7625 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
7626   """
7627     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
7628
7629     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
7630     later.
7631     """
7632   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
7633
7634 def App_CleanUp(*args):
7635   """
7636     App_CleanUp()
7637
7638     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
7639     Python shuts down.
7640     """
7641   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
7642
7643 def GetApp(*args):
7644   """
7645     GetApp() -> PyApp
7646
7647     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
7648     """
7649   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
7650
7651 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
7652   """
7653     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
7654
7655     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
7656     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7657
7658     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
7659     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
7660     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
7661     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
7662     between the common latin/roman encodings.
7663     """
7664   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
7665
7666 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
7667   """
7668     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
7669
7670     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
7671     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7672     """
7673   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
7674 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7675
7676 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
7677     """
7678     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
7679     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
7680     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
7681     and write the text there.
7682     """
7683     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
7684         self.frame  = None
7685         self.title  = title
7686         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
7687         self.size   = (450, 300)
7688         self.parent = None
7689
7690     def SetParent(self, parent):
7691         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
7692         self.parent = parent
7693
7694
7695     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
7696         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
7697                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
7698         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
7699                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
7700         self.text.AppendText(st)
7701         self.frame.Show(True)
7702         self.frame.Bind(wx.EVT_CLOSE, self.OnCloseWindow)
7703
7704
7705     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
7706         if self.frame is not None:
7707             self.frame.Destroy()
7708         self.frame = None
7709         self.text  = None
7710
7711
7712     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
7713     def write(self, text):
7714         """
7715         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
7716         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
7717         CallAfter to do the work there.
7718         """
7719         if self.frame is None:
7720             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7721                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
7722             else:
7723                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
7724         else:
7725             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7726                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
7727             else:
7728                 self.text.AppendText(text)
7729
7730
7731     def close(self):
7732         if self.frame is not None:
7733             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
7734
7735
7736     def flush(self):
7737         pass
7738
7739
7740
7741 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7742
7743 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
7744
7745 class App(wx.PyApp):
7746     """
7747     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
7748
7749       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7750         gui toolkit
7751       * set and get application-wide properties
7752       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7753         and to dispatch events to window instances
7754       * etc.
7755
7756     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7757     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7758     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7759     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7760
7761     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7762     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7763     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7764
7765     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7766            directly.
7767     """
7768
7769     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7770
7771     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7772                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7773         """
7774         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7775
7776         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7777             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7778             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7779             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7780             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7781             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7782             class of your choosing.)
7783
7784         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7785             redirect is True.
7786
7787         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7788             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7789             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7790             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7791             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7792             toolkit is initialized.
7793
7794         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7795             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7796             GUI apps will.
7797
7798         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7799             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7800             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7801         """
7802
7803         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7804
7805         # make sure we can create a GUI
7806         if not self.IsDisplayAvailable():
7807
7808             if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7809                 msg = """This program needs access to the screen.
7810 Please run with 'pythonw', not 'python', and only when you are logged
7811 in on the main display of your Mac."""
7812
7813             elif wx.Platform == "__WXGTK__":
7814                 msg ="Unable to access the X Display, is $DISPLAY set properly?"
7815
7816             else:
7817                 msg = "Unable to create GUI"
7818                 # TODO: more description is needed for wxMSW...
7819
7820             raise SystemExit(msg)
7821
7822         # This has to be done before OnInit
7823         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7824
7825         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7826         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7827         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7828         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7829         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7830         # expected (depending on platform.)
7831         if clearSigInt:
7832             try:
7833                 import signal
7834                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7835             except:
7836                 pass
7837
7838         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7839         self.stdioWin = None
7840         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7841         if redirect:
7842             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7843
7844         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7845         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7846
7847         # Until the new native control for wxMac is up to par, still use the generic one.
7848         wx.SystemOptions.SetOptionInt("mac.listctrl.always_use_generic", 1)
7849
7850         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7851         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7852         self._BootstrapApp()
7853
7854
7855     def OnPreInit(self):
7856         """
7857         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its
7858         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time
7859         that OnInit is called.
7860         """
7861         wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects()
7862
7863
7864     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7865         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7866         destroy(self)
7867
7868     def Destroy(self):
7869         self.this.own(False)
7870         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7871
7872     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7873         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7874         if self.stdioWin:
7875             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7876         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7877
7878
7879     def MainLoop(self):
7880         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7881         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7882         self.RestoreStdio()
7883
7884
7885     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7886         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7887         if filename:
7888             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7889         else:
7890             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7891             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7892
7893
7894     def RestoreStdio(self):
7895         try:
7896             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7897         except:
7898             pass
7899
7900
7901     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7902         """
7903         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7904         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7905         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7906         """
7907         if self.stdioWin:
7908             if title is not None:
7909                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7910             if pos is not None:
7911                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7912             if size is not None:
7913                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7914
7915
7916
7917
7918 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7919 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7920 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7921 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7922 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7923 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7924 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7925 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7926 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7927 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7928 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7929 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7930
7931 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7932
7933 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7934     """
7935     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7936     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7937     about OnInit.  For example::
7938
7939         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7940         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7941         frame.Show()
7942         app.MainLoop()
7943
7944     :see: `wx.App`
7945     """
7946
7947     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7948                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7949         """
7950         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7951         """
7952         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7953
7954     def OnInit(self):
7955         return True
7956
7957
7958
7959 # Is anybody using this one?
7960 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7961     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7962         self.size = size
7963         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7964
7965     def OnInit(self):
7966         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7967         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7968         return True
7969
7970     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7971         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7972         self.frame.Show(True)
7973
7974 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7975 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7976 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7977 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7978 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7979
7980 class __wxPyCleanup:
7981     def __init__(self):
7982         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7983     def __del__(self):
7984         self.cleanup()
7985
7986 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7987
7988 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7989 ## import atexit
7990 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7991
7992
7993 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7994
7995 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7996
7997 class EventLoop(object):
7998     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7999     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8000     __repr__ = _swig_repr
8001     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8002         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
8003         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
8004     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
8005     __del__ = lambda self : None;
8006     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
8007         """Run(self) -> int"""
8008         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
8009
8010     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
8011         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
8012         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
8013
8014     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
8015         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
8016         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
8017
8018     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
8019         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
8020         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
8021
8022     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
8023         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
8024         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
8025
8026     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
8027         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
8028         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
8029
8030     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
8031     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
8032         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
8033         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
8034
8035     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
8036 _core_.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
8037
8038 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
8039   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
8040   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
8041
8042 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
8043   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
8044   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
8045
8046 class EventLoopActivator(object):
8047     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
8048     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8049     __repr__ = _swig_repr
8050     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8051         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
8052         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
8053     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
8054     __del__ = lambda self : None;
8055 _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
8056
8057 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
8058
8059 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
8060 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
8061 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
8062 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
8063 ACCEL_CMD = _core_.ACCEL_CMD
8064 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
8065     """
8066     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
8067     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
8068     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
8069     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
8070
8071     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
8072     """
8073     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8074     __repr__ = _swig_repr
8075     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8076         """
8077         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
8078
8079         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
8080         """
8081         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
8082     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
8083     __del__ = lambda self : None;
8084     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
8085         """
8086         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
8087
8088         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
8089         :see `__init__`
8090         """
8091         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
8092
8093     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
8094         """
8095         Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry
8096
8097         Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if
8098         it coulnd't be parsed.
8099         """
8100         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs)
8101
8102     Create = staticmethod(Create)
8103     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
8104         """
8105         GetFlags(self) -> int
8106
8107         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
8108         """
8109         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
8110
8111     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
8112         """
8113         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
8114
8115         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
8116         """
8117         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
8118
8119     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
8120         """
8121         GetCommand(self) -> int
8122
8123         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
8124         """
8125         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
8126
8127     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
8128         """IsOk(self) -> bool"""
8129         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
8130
8131     def ToString(*args, **kwargs):
8132         """
8133         ToString(self) -> String
8134
8135         Returns a string representation for the this accelerator.  The string
8136         is formatted using the <flags>-<keycode> format where <flags> maybe a
8137         hyphen-separed list of "shift|alt|ctrl"
8138
8139         """
8140         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_ToString(*args, **kwargs)
8141
8142     def FromString(*args, **kwargs):
8143         """
8144         FromString(self, String str) -> bool
8145
8146         Returns true if the given string correctly initialized this object.
8147         """
8148         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_FromString(*args, **kwargs)
8149
8150     Command = property(GetCommand,doc="See `GetCommand`")
8151     Flags = property(GetFlags,doc="See `GetFlags`")
8152     KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
8153 _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
8154
8155 def AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs):
8156   """
8157     AcceleratorEntry_Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry
8158
8159     Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if
8160     it coulnd't be parsed.
8161     """
8162   return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs)
8163
8164 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
8165     """
8166     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
8167     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
8168     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
8169     supported.
8170     """
8171     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8172     __repr__ = _swig_repr
8173     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8174         """
8175         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
8176
8177         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
8178         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
8179
8180         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
8181         """
8182         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
8183     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
8184     __del__ = lambda self : None;
8185     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
8186         """IsOk(self) -> bool"""
8187         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
8188
8189     Ok = IsOk
8190 _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
8191
8192 def GetAccelFromString(label):
8193     entry = AcceleratorEntry()
8194     entry.FromString(label)
8195     return entry
8196
8197 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
8198
8199 class VisualAttributes(object):
8200     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
8201     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8202     __repr__ = _swig_repr
8203     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8204         """
8205         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
8206
8207         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
8208         """
8209         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
8210     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
8211     __del__ = lambda self : None;
8212     def _get_font(*args, **kwargs):
8213         """_get_font(self) -> Font"""
8214         return _core_.VisualAttributes__get_font(*args, **kwargs)
8215
8216     def _get_colFg(*args, **kwargs):
8217         """_get_colFg(self) -> Colour"""
8218         return _core_.VisualAttributes__get_colFg(*args, **kwargs)
8219
8220     def _get_colBg(*args, **kwargs):
8221         """_get_colBg(self) -> Colour"""
8222         return _core_.VisualAttributes__get_colBg(*args, **kwargs)
8223
8224     font = property(_get_font)
8225     colFg = property(_get_colFg)
8226     colBg = property(_get_colBg)
8227 _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
8228 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
8229 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
8230
8231 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
8232 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
8233 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
8234 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
8235 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
8236 class Window(EvtHandler):
8237     """
8238     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
8239     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
8240     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
8241     appear on screen themselves.
8242
8243     """
8244     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8245     __repr__ = _swig_repr
8246     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8247         """
8248         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
8249             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
8250
8251         Construct and show a generic Window.
8252         """
8253         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
8254         self._setOORInfo(self)
8255
8256     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
8257         """
8258         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
8259             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
8260
8261         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
8262         """
8263         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
8264
8265     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
8266         """
8267         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
8268
8269         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
8270         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
8271         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
8272         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
8273         """
8274         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
8275
8276     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
8277         """
8278         Destroy(self) -> bool
8279
8280         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
8281         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
8282         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
8283         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
8284         non-existent windows.
8285
8286         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
8287         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
8288         """
8289         args[0].this.own(False)
8290         return _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
8291
8292     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8293         """
8294         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
8295
8296         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
8297         destructor.
8298         """
8299         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8300
8301     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
8302         """
8303         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
8304
8305         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
8306         """
8307         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
8308
8309     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
8310         """
8311         SetLabel(self, String label)
8312
8313         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
8314         """
8315         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
8316
8317     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
8318         """
8319         GetLabel(self) -> String
8320
8321         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
8322         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
8323         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
8324         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
8325         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
8326         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
8327         """
8328         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
8329
8330     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
8331         """
8332         SetName(self, String name)
8333
8334         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
8335         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
8336         """
8337         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
8338
8339     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
8340         """
8341         GetName(self) -> String
8342
8343         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
8344         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
8345         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
8346         """
8347         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
8348
8349     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
8350         """
8351         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
8352
8353         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
8354         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
8355         """
8356         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
8357
8358     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
8359         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
8360         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
8361
8362     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
8363         """
8364         SetId(self, int winid)
8365
8366         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
8367         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
8368         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
8369         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
8370         """
8371         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
8372
8373     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
8374         """
8375         GetId(self) -> int
8376
8377         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
8378         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
8379         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
8380         generated.
8381         """
8382         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
8383
8384     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8385         """
8386         NewControlId() -> int
8387
8388         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
8389         """
8390         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8391
8392     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
8393     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8394         """
8395         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
8396
8397         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
8398         autogenerated) id
8399         """
8400         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8401
8402     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
8403     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8404         """
8405         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
8406
8407         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
8408         autogenerated) id
8409         """
8410         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8411
8412     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
8413     def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8414         """
8415         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int
8416
8417         Get the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.  Returns
8418         ``wx.Layout_Default`` if layout direction is not supported.
8419         """
8420         return _core_.Window_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8421
8422     def SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8423         """
8424         SetLayoutDirection(self, int dir)
8425
8426         Set the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.
8427         """
8428         return _core_.Window_SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8429
8430     def AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8431         """
8432         AdjustForLayoutDirection(self, int x, int width, int widthTotal) -> int
8433
8434         Mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the
8435         mirroring is not done automatically like Win32.
8436         """
8437         return _core_.Window_AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8438
8439     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
8440         """
8441         SetSize(self, Size size)
8442
8443         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8444         """
8445         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
8446
8447     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
8448         """
8449         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
8450
8451         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
8452         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
8453         equal to -1.
8454
8455             ========================  ======================================
8456             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
8457                                       default should be used.
8458             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
8459                                       -1 values are supplied.
8460             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
8461                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
8462                                       default values.
8463             ========================  ======================================
8464
8465         """
8466         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
8467
8468     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
8469         """
8470         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
8471
8472         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
8473         """
8474         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
8475
8476     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8477         """
8478         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8479
8480         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8481         """
8482         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8483
8484     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
8485         """
8486         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8487
8488         Moves the window to the given position.
8489         """
8490         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
8491
8492     SetPosition = Move
8493     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
8494         """
8495         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8496
8497         Moves the window to the given position.
8498         """
8499         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
8500
8501     def SetInitialSize(*args, **kwargs):
8502         """
8503         SetInitialSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
8504
8505         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
8506         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
8507         """
8508         return _core_.Window_SetInitialSize(*args, **kwargs)
8509
8510     SetBestFittingSize = wx._deprecated(SetInitialSize, 'Use `SetInitialSize`')
8511     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
8512         """
8513         Raise(self)
8514
8515         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
8516         version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.
8517         """
8518         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
8519
8520     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
8521         """
8522         Lower(self)
8523
8524         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
8525         version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.
8526         """
8527         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
8528
8529     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
8530         """
8531         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
8532
8533         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8534         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8535         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8536         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8537         around panel items, for example.
8538         """
8539         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
8540
8541     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8542         """
8543         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8544
8545         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8546         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8547         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8548         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8549         around panel items, for example.
8550         """
8551         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8552
8553     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8554         """
8555         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
8556
8557         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8558         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8559         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8560         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8561         around panel items, for example.
8562         """
8563         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8564
8565     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
8566         """
8567         GetPosition(self) -> Point
8568
8569         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
8570         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
8571         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
8572         kinds of windows.
8573         """
8574         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
8575
8576     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8577         """
8578         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8579
8580         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
8581         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
8582         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
8583         kinds of windows.
8584         """
8585         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8586
8587     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
8588         """
8589         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
8590
8591         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
8592         """
8593         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
8594
8595     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8596         """
8597         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8598
8599         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
8600         """
8601         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8602
8603     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
8604         """
8605         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
8606
8607         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
8608         a `wx.Rect` object.
8609         """
8610         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
8611
8612     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
8613         """
8614         GetSize(self) -> Size
8615
8616         Get the window size.
8617         """
8618         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
8619
8620     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8621         """
8622         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8623
8624         Get the window size.
8625         """
8626         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8627
8628     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
8629         """
8630         GetRect(self) -> Rect
8631
8632         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
8633         """
8634         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
8635
8636     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
8637         """
8638         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
8639
8640         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8641         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8642         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8643         """
8644         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
8645
8646     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8647         """
8648         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8649
8650         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8651         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8652         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8653         """
8654         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8655
8656     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
8657         """
8658         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
8659
8660         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
8661         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
8662         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
8663         """
8664         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
8665
8666     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8667         """
8668         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
8669
8670         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
8671         """
8672         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8673
8674     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8675         """
8676         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
8677
8678         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8679         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8680         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8681         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8682         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8683         after calling Fit.
8684         """
8685         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8686
8687     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8688         """
8689         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8690
8691         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8692         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8693         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8694         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8695         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8696         after calling Fit.
8697         """
8698         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8699
8700     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8701         """
8702         InvalidateBestSize(self)
8703
8704         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
8705         time it is needed.
8706         """
8707         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8708
8709     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8710         """
8711         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
8712
8713         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
8714         some properties of the window change.)
8715         """
8716         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8717
8718     def GetEffectiveMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8719         """
8720         GetEffectiveMinSize(self) -> Size
8721
8722         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
8723         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
8724         the results.
8725
8726         """
8727         return _core_.Window_GetEffectiveMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8728
8729     GetBestFittingSize = wx._deprecated(GetEffectiveMinSize, 'Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.')
8730     def GetAdjustedBestSize(self):
8731         s = self.GetBestSize()
8732         return wx.Size(max(s.width,  self.GetMinWidth()),
8733                        max(s.height, self.GetMinHeight()))
8734     GetAdjustedBestSize = wx._deprecated(GetAdjustedBestSize, 'Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.')
8735
8736     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
8737         """
8738         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
8739
8740         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
8741         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
8742         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
8743         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
8744         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
8745         relative to the screen.
8746         """
8747         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
8748
8749     Centre = Center
8750     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
8751         """
8752         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
8753
8754         Center with respect to the the parent window
8755         """
8756         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
8757
8758     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
8759     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
8760         """
8761         Fit(self)
8762
8763         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
8764         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
8765         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
8766         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
8767         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
8768         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
8769         instead of calling Fit.
8770         """
8771         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
8772
8773     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
8774         """
8775         FitInside(self)
8776
8777         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
8778         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
8779         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
8780         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
8781         anything if there are no subwindows.
8782         """
8783         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
8784
8785     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8786         """
8787         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
8788             int incH=-1)
8789
8790         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8791         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8792         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8793         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8794         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8795         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8796
8797         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8798         """
8799         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8800
8801     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8802         """
8803         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
8804
8805         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8806         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8807         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8808         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8809         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8810         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8811
8812         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8813         """
8814         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8815
8816     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8817         """
8818         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
8819
8820         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8821         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8822         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8823         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8824         """
8825         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8826
8827     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8828         """
8829         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
8830
8831         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8832         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8833         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8834         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8835         """
8836         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8837
8838     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8839         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
8840         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8841
8842     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8843         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8844         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8845
8846     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8847         """
8848         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8849
8850         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8851         min size.
8852         """
8853         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8854
8855     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8856         """
8857         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8858
8859         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8860         max size.
8861         """
8862         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8863
8864     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8865         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8866         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8867
8868     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8869         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8870         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8871
8872     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8873         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8874         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8875
8876     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8877         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8878         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8879
8880     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8881         """
8882         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8883
8884         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8885         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8886         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8887         """
8888         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8889
8890     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8891         """
8892         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8893
8894         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8895         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8896         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8897         """
8898         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8899
8900     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8901         """
8902         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8903
8904         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8905         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8906         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8907         """
8908         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8909
8910     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8911         """
8912         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8913
8914         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8915         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8916         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8917         """
8918         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8919
8920     def GetWindowBorderSize(*args, **kwargs):
8921         """
8922         GetWindowBorderSize(self) -> Size
8923
8924         Return the size of the left/right and top/bottom borders.
8925         """
8926         return _core_.Window_GetWindowBorderSize(*args, **kwargs)
8927
8928     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8929         """
8930         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8931
8932         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8933         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8934         """
8935         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8936
8937     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8938         """
8939         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8940
8941         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8942         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8943         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8944         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8945         because it already was in the requested state.
8946         """
8947         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8948
8949     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8950         """
8951         Hide(self) -> bool
8952
8953         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8954         """
8955         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8956
8957     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8958         """
8959         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8960
8961         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8962         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8963         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8964         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8965         window had already been in the specified state.
8966         """
8967         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8968
8969     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8970         """
8971         Disable(self) -> bool
8972
8973         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8974         """
8975         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8976
8977     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8978         """
8979         IsShown(self) -> bool
8980
8981         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8982         """
8983         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8984
8985     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8986         """
8987         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8988
8989         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8990         This method takes into account the enabled state of parent windows up
8991         to the top-level window.
8992         """
8993         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8994
8995     def IsThisEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8996         """
8997         IsThisEnabled(self) -> bool
8998
8999         Returns the internal enabled state independent of the parent(s) state,
9000         i.e. the state in which the window would be if all of its parents are
9001         enabled.  Use `IsEnabled` to get the effective window state.
9002         """
9003         return _core_.Window_IsThisEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9004
9005     def IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9006         """
9007         IsShownOnScreen(self) -> bool
9008
9009         Returns ``True`` if the window is physically visible on the screen,
9010         i.e. it is shown and all its parents up to the toplevel window are
9011         shown as well.
9012         """
9013         return _core_.Window_IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9014
9015     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
9016         """
9017         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
9018
9019         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
9020         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
9021         called after changing the others for the change to take place
9022         immediately.
9023         """
9024         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
9025
9026     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
9027         """
9028         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
9029
9030         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
9031         method.
9032         """
9033         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
9034
9035     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
9036     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
9037         """
9038         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
9039
9040         Test if the given style is set for this window.
9041         """
9042         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
9043
9044     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
9045         """
9046         IsRetained(self) -> bool
9047
9048         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
9049         windows are only available on X platforms.
9050         """
9051         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
9052
9053     def ToggleWindowStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9054         """
9055         ToggleWindowStyle(self, int flag) -> bool
9056
9057         Turn the flag on if it had been turned off before and vice versa,
9058         returns True if the flag is turned on by this function call.
9059         """
9060         return _core_.Window_ToggleWindowStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9061
9062     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9063         """
9064         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
9065
9066         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
9067         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
9068         SetWindowStyleFlag()
9069         """
9070         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9071
9072     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9073         """
9074         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
9075
9076         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
9077         """
9078         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9079
9080     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
9081         """
9082         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
9083
9084         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
9085         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
9086         effect.
9087         """
9088         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
9089
9090     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
9091         """
9092         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
9093
9094         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
9095          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
9096          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
9097          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
9098          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
9099          user's selected theme.
9100
9101         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
9102         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
9103         """
9104         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9105
9106     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
9107         """
9108         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
9109
9110         Return the themeEnabled flag.
9111         """
9112         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9113
9114     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9115         """
9116         SetFocus(self)
9117
9118         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
9119         """
9120         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9121
9122     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
9123         """
9124         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
9125
9126         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
9127         only called internally.
9128         """
9129         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
9130
9131     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9132         """
9133         FindFocus() -> Window
9134
9135         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
9136         or None.
9137         """
9138         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9139
9140     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
9141     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9142         """
9143         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
9144
9145         Can this window have focus?
9146         """
9147         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9148
9149     def CanAcceptFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9150         """
9151         CanAcceptFocus(self) -> bool
9152
9153         Can this window have focus right now?
9154         """
9155         return _core_.Window_CanAcceptFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9156
9157     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
9158         """
9159         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
9160
9161         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
9162         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
9163         it.
9164         """
9165         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
9166
9167     def CanAcceptFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
9168         """
9169         CanAcceptFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
9170
9171         Can this window be assigned focus from keyboard right now?
9172         """
9173         return _core_.Window_CanAcceptFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
9174
9175     def SetCanFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9176         """SetCanFocus(self, bool canFocus)"""
9177         return _core_.Window_SetCanFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9178
9179     def NavigateIn(*args, **kwargs):
9180         """
9181         NavigateIn(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
9182
9183         Navigates inside this window.
9184         """
9185         return _core_.Window_NavigateIn(*args, **kwargs)
9186
9187     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
9188         """
9189         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
9190
9191         Does keyboard navigation starting from this window to another.  This is
9192         equivalient to self.GetParent().NavigateIn().
9193         """
9194         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
9195
9196     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
9197         """
9198         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
9199
9200         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
9201         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
9202         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
9203
9204         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
9205         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
9206         windows.
9207
9208         """
9209         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
9210
9211     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
9212         """
9213         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
9214
9215         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
9216         before win instead of putting it right after it.
9217         """
9218         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
9219
9220     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
9221         """
9222         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
9223
9224         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
9225         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
9226         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
9227         do not change.
9228         """
9229         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
9230
9231     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
9232         """
9233         GetParent(self) -> Window
9234
9235         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
9236         """
9237         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
9238
9239     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
9240         """
9241         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
9242
9243         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
9244         isn't one.
9245         """
9246         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
9247
9248     def GetTopLevelParent(*args, **kwargs):
9249         """
9250         GetTopLevelParent(self) -> Window
9251
9252         Returns the first frame or dialog in this window's parental hierarchy.
9253         """
9254         return _core_.Window_GetTopLevelParent(*args, **kwargs)
9255
9256     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
9257         """
9258         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
9259
9260         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
9261         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
9262         if they have a parent window).
9263         """
9264         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
9265
9266     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
9267         """
9268         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
9269
9270         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
9271         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
9272         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
9273         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
9274         oldParent)
9275         """
9276         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
9277
9278     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
9279         """
9280         AddChild(self, Window child)
9281
9282         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
9283         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
9284         """
9285         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
9286
9287     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
9288         """
9289         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
9290
9291         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
9292         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
9293         programmer.
9294         """
9295         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
9296
9297     def SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
9298         """
9299         SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on)
9300
9301         Currently wxGTK2 only.
9302         """
9303         return _core_.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
9304
9305     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
9306         """
9307         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
9308
9309         Find a chld of this window by window ID
9310         """
9311         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
9312
9313     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
9314         """
9315         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
9316
9317         Find a child of this window by name
9318         """
9319         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
9320
9321     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9322         """
9323         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
9324
9325         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
9326         its own event handler.
9327         """
9328         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9329
9330     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9331         """
9332         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
9333
9334         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
9335         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window.  (In other
9336         words, is able to dispatch the events to handler function.)  By
9337         default, the window is its own event handler, but an application may
9338         wish to substitute another, for example to allow central
9339         implementation of event-handling for a variety of different window
9340         classes.
9341
9342         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
9343         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
9344         handler is handed off to the next one in the chain.
9345         """
9346         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9347
9348     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9349         """
9350         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
9351
9352         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
9353         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
9354         sent to a window.  (In other words, is able to dispatch the events to
9355         handler function.)  By default, the window is its own event handler,
9356         but an application may wish to substitute another, for example to
9357         allow central implementation of event-handling for a variety of
9358         different window classes.
9359
9360         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
9361         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
9362         handed to the next one in the chain.  Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler`
9363         to remove the event handler.  Ownership of the handler is *not* given
9364         to the window, so you should be sure to pop the handler before the
9365         window is destroyed and either let PopEventHandler destroy it, or call
9366         its Destroy method yourself.
9367         """
9368         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9369
9370     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9371         """
9372         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
9373
9374         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
9375         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
9376         destroyed after it is popped, and ``None`` will be returned instead.
9377         """
9378         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9379
9380     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9381         """
9382         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
9383
9384         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
9385         delete) it from the event handler chain, returns True if it was found
9386         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
9387         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
9388         there.)
9389         """
9390         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9391
9392     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
9393         """
9394         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
9395
9396         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
9397         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
9398         type.
9399         """
9400         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
9401
9402     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
9403         """
9404         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
9405
9406         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
9407         there is none.
9408         """
9409         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
9410
9411     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
9412         """
9413         Validate(self) -> bool
9414
9415         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
9416         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
9417         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
9418         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
9419         """
9420         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
9421
9422     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9423         """
9424         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
9425
9426         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
9427         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
9428         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
9429         all child windows.
9430         """
9431         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9432
9433     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9434         """
9435         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
9436
9437         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
9438         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
9439         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
9440         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
9441         """
9442         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9443
9444     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9445         """
9446         InitDialog(self)
9447
9448         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
9449         to the dialog via validators.
9450         """
9451         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9452
9453     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
9454         """
9455         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
9456
9457         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
9458         """
9459         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
9460
9461     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
9462         """
9463         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
9464
9465         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
9466         """
9467         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
9468
9469     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
9470         """
9471         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
9472
9473         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
9474         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
9475         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
9476         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
9477         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
9478         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
9479         hotkey was registered successfully.
9480         """
9481         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
9482
9483     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
9484         """
9485         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
9486
9487         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
9488         """
9489         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
9490
9491     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
9492         """
9493         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
9494
9495         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9496         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9497         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9498         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9499         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9500         then divided by 8.
9501         """
9502         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
9503
9504     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
9505         """
9506         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
9507
9508         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9509         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9510         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9511         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9512         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9513         then divided by 8.
9514         """
9515         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
9516
9517     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
9518         """
9519         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
9520
9521         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9522         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9523         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9524         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9525         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9526         then divided by 8.
9527         """
9528         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
9529
9530     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
9531         """
9532         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
9533
9534         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9535         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9536         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9537         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9538         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9539         then divided by 8.
9540         """
9541         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
9542
9543     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9544         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
9545         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9546
9547     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9548         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
9549         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9550
9551     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
9552         """
9553         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
9554
9555         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
9556
9557         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
9558         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
9559         """
9560         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
9561
9562     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
9563         """
9564         CaptureMouse(self)
9565
9566         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
9567         release the capture.
9568
9569         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
9570         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
9571         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
9572         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
9573         release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window
9574         receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event.
9575
9576         Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some
9577         operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this
9578         operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not
9579         recapture mouse.
9580         """
9581         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
9582
9583     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
9584         """
9585         ReleaseMouse(self)
9586
9587         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
9588         """
9589         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
9590
9591     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
9592         """
9593         GetCapture() -> Window
9594
9595         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9596         """
9597         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
9598
9599     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
9600     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
9601         """
9602         HasCapture(self) -> bool
9603
9604         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
9605         """
9606         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
9607
9608     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
9609         """
9610         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
9611
9612         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
9613         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
9614         to the window.
9615         """
9616         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
9617
9618     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
9619         """
9620         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
9621
9622         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
9623         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
9624         """
9625         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
9626
9627     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
9628         """
9629         Update(self)
9630
9631         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
9632         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
9633         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
9634         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
9635         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use `Refresh`
9636         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
9637         it) unconditionally.
9638         """
9639         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
9640
9641     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9642         """
9643         ClearBackground(self)
9644
9645         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
9646         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
9647         """
9648         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9649
9650     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
9651         """
9652         Freeze(self)
9653
9654         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
9655         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
9656         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
9657         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
9658         been undone.
9659
9660         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
9661         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
9662         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
9663         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
9664         mandatory directive.
9665         """
9666         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
9667
9668     def IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs):
9669         """
9670         IsFrozen(self) -> bool
9671
9672         Returns ``True`` if the window has been frozen and not thawed yet.
9673
9674         :see: `Freeze` and `Thaw`
9675         """
9676         return _core_.Window_IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs)
9677
9678     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
9679         """
9680         Thaw(self)
9681
9682         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
9683         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
9684         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
9685         """
9686         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
9687
9688     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
9689         """
9690         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
9691
9692         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
9693         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
9694         scroll position.
9695         """
9696         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
9697
9698     def IsDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
9699         """
9700         IsDoubleBuffered(self) -> bool
9701
9702         Returns ``True`` if the window contents is double-buffered by the
9703         system, i.e. if any drawing done on the window is really done on a
9704         temporary backing surface and transferred to the screen all at once
9705         later.
9706         """
9707         return _core_.Window_IsDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
9708
9709     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
9710         """
9711         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
9712
9713         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
9714         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
9715         """
9716         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
9717
9718     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
9719         """
9720         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
9721
9722         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
9723         """
9724         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
9725
9726     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
9727         """
9728         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
9729
9730         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9731         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9732         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9733         exposed.
9734         """
9735         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
9736
9737     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9738         """
9739         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
9740
9741         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9742         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9743         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9744         exposed.
9745         """
9746         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9747
9748     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
9749         """
9750         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
9751
9752         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9753         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9754         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9755         exposed.
9756         """
9757         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
9758
9759     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9760         """
9761         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
9762
9763         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
9764         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
9765         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
9766         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
9767         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9768         """
9769         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9770
9771     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9772         """
9773         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9774
9775         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9776         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9777         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9778         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9779         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9780
9781         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9782         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9783         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9784         this.
9785         """
9786         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9787
9788     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
9789     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9790         """
9791         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9792
9793         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
9794         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
9795         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
9796         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
9797         to the default background colour.
9798
9799         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
9800         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
9801         calling this function.
9802
9803         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
9804         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
9805         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
9806         applications on the system.
9807         """
9808         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9809
9810     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9811         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9812         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9813
9814     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9815         """
9816         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9817
9818         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
9819         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
9820         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
9821         not be used at all.
9822         """
9823         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9824
9825     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9826         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9827         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9828
9829     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9830         """
9831         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
9832
9833         Returns the background colour of the window.
9834         """
9835         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9836
9837     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9838         """
9839         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
9840
9841         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
9842         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
9843         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
9844         """
9845         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9846
9847     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9848         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
9849         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9850
9851     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
9852         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
9853         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
9854
9855     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9856         """
9857         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
9858
9859         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
9860         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
9861
9862             ======================  ========================================
9863             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
9864                                     be determined by the system
9865             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
9866             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
9867                                     application.
9868             ======================  ========================================
9869
9870         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
9871         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
9872         no effect on other platforms.
9873
9874         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
9875         """
9876         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9877
9878     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9879         """
9880         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
9881
9882         Returns the background style of the window.
9883
9884         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
9885         """
9886         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9887
9888     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9889         """
9890         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
9891
9892         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
9893         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
9894         background.
9895
9896         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
9897         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
9898         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
9899         correctly.
9900         """
9901         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9902
9903     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9904         """
9905         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
9906
9907         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
9908         for the children of the window implicitly.
9909
9910         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
9911         be reset back to default.
9912         """
9913         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9914
9915     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9916         """
9917         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
9918
9919         Return the cursor associated with this window.
9920         """
9921         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9922
9923     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9924         """
9925         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
9926
9927         Sets the font for this window.
9928         """
9929         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9930
9931     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
9932         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9933         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9934
9935     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9936         """
9937         GetFont(self) -> Font
9938
9939         Returns the default font used for this window.
9940         """
9941         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9942
9943     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9944         """
9945         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9946
9947         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9948         """
9949         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9950
9951     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9952         """
9953         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9954
9955         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9956         """
9957         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9958
9959     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9960         """
9961         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9962
9963         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9964         """
9965         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9966
9967     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9968         """
9969         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9970
9971         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9972         """
9973         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9974
9975     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9976         """
9977         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9978
9979         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9980         """
9981         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9982
9983     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9984         """
9985         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9986            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9987
9988         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9989         current or specified font.
9990         """
9991         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9992
9993     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9994         """
9995         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9996
9997         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9998         """
9999         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
10000
10001     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
10002         """
10003         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
10004
10005         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
10006         """
10007         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
10008
10009     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
10010         """
10011         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
10012
10013         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
10014         """
10015         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
10016
10017     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
10018         """
10019         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
10020
10021         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
10022         """
10023         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
10024
10025     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
10026         """
10027         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
10028
10029         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
10030         """
10031         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
10032
10033     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
10034         """
10035         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
10036
10037         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
10038         """
10039         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
10040
10041     def GetBorder(*args):
10042         """
10043         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
10044         GetBorder(self) -> int
10045
10046         Get border for the flags of this window
10047         """
10048         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
10049
10050     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
10051         """
10052         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
10053
10054         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
10055         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
10056         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
10057         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
10058         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
10059         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
10060         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
10061         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
10062         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
10063         in idle time.
10064         """
10065         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
10066
10067     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
10068         """
10069         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
10070
10071         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
10072         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
10073         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
10074         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
10075         mouse cursor will be used.
10076         """
10077         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
10078
10079     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10080         """
10081         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
10082
10083         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
10084         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
10085         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
10086         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
10087         mouse cursor will be used.
10088         """
10089         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10090
10091     def HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs):
10092         """HasMultiplePages(self) -> bool"""
10093         return _core_.Window_HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs)
10094
10095     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
10096         """
10097         GetHandle(self) -> long
10098
10099         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
10100         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
10101         toplevel parent of the window.
10102         """
10103         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
10104
10105     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
10106         """
10107         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
10108
10109         Associate the window with a new native handle
10110         """
10111         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
10112
10113     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
10114         """
10115         DissociateHandle(self)
10116
10117         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
10118         """
10119         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
10120
10121     def OnPaint(*args, **kwargs):
10122         """OnPaint(self, PaintEvent event)"""
10123         return _core_.Window_OnPaint(*args, **kwargs)
10124
10125     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
10126         """
10127         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
10128
10129         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
10130         """
10131         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
10132
10133     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
10134         """
10135         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
10136             bool refresh=True)
10137
10138         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
10139         """
10140         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
10141
10142     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
10143         """
10144         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
10145
10146         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
10147         """
10148         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
10149
10150     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
10151         """
10152         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
10153
10154         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
10155         """
10156         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
10157
10158     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
10159         """
10160         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
10161
10162         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
10163         """
10164         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
10165
10166     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
10167         """
10168         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
10169
10170         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
10171         """
10172         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
10173
10174     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10175         """
10176         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
10177
10178         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
10179         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
10180         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
10181         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
10182         """
10183         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10184
10185     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
10186         """
10187         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
10188
10189         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
10190         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
10191         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
10192         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
10193         """
10194         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
10195
10196     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
10197         """
10198         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
10199
10200         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
10201         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
10202         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
10203         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
10204         """
10205         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
10206
10207     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
10208         """
10209         LineUp(self) -> bool
10210
10211         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
10212         """
10213         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
10214
10215     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
10216         """
10217         LineDown(self) -> bool
10218
10219         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
10220         """
10221         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
10222
10223     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
10224         """
10225         PageUp(self) -> bool
10226
10227         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
10228         """
10229         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
10230
10231     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
10232         """
10233         PageDown(self) -> bool
10234
10235         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
10236         """
10237         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
10238
10239     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
10240         """
10241         SetHelpText(self, String text)
10242
10243         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
10244         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
10245         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
10246         """
10247         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
10248
10249     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
10250         """
10251         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
10252
10253         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
10254         one.
10255         """
10256         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
10257
10258     def GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
10259         """
10260         GetHelpTextAtPoint(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String
10261
10262         Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.
10263
10264         Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown
10265         and this method should return the global window help text then
10266
10267         """
10268         return _core_.Window_GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
10269
10270     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
10271         """
10272         GetHelpText(self) -> String
10273
10274         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
10275         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
10276         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
10277         """
10278         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
10279
10280     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
10281         """
10282         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
10283
10284         Attach a tooltip to the window.
10285         """
10286         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
10287
10288     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
10289         """
10290         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
10291
10292         Attach a tooltip to the window.
10293         """
10294         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
10295
10296     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
10297         """
10298         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
10299
10300         get the associated tooltip or None if none
10301         """
10302         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
10303
10304     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
10305         """
10306         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
10307
10308         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
10309         a drop target, it is deleted.
10310         """
10311         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
10312
10313     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
10314         """
10315         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
10316
10317         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
10318         """
10319         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
10320
10321     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
10322         """
10323         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
10324
10325         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
10326         Only functional on Windows.
10327         """
10328         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
10329
10330     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
10331         """
10332         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
10333
10334         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
10335         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
10336         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
10337         constraints.
10338
10339         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
10340         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
10341         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
10342         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
10343         effect.
10344         """
10345         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
10346
10347     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
10348         """
10349         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
10350
10351         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
10352         are none.
10353         """
10354         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
10355
10356     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
10357         """
10358         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
10359
10360         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
10361         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
10362         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
10363         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
10364
10365         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
10366         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
10367         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
10368         """
10369         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
10370
10371     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
10372         """
10373         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
10374
10375         Returns the current autoLayout setting
10376         """
10377         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
10378
10379     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
10380         """
10381         Layout(self) -> bool
10382
10383         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
10384         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
10385         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
10386         handler when the window is resized.
10387         """
10388         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
10389
10390     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10391         """
10392         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
10393
10394         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
10395         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
10396         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
10397         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
10398         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
10399         non-None, and False otherwise.
10400         """
10401         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10402
10403     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
10404         """
10405         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
10406
10407         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
10408         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
10409         """
10410         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
10411
10412     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10413         """
10414         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
10415
10416         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
10417         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
10418         """
10419         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10420
10421     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10422         """
10423         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
10424
10425         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
10426         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
10427         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
10428         """
10429         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10430
10431     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10432         """
10433         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
10434
10435         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
10436         """
10437         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10438
10439     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10440         """
10441         InheritAttributes(self)
10442
10443         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
10444         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
10445         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
10446         colours.
10447
10448         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
10449         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
10450         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
10451         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
10452         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
10453         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
10454         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
10455         no matter what and only the font might.
10456
10457         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
10458         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
10459         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
10460         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
10461         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
10462         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
10463         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
10464         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
10465         parents attributes.
10466
10467         """
10468         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10469
10470     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
10471         """
10472         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
10473
10474         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
10475         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
10476         from the parent window.
10477
10478         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
10479         wxControl where it returns true.
10480         """
10481         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
10482
10483     def CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
10484         """
10485         CanSetTransparent(self) -> bool
10486
10487         Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for
10488         this window.  Note that this method will err on the side of caution,
10489         so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact
10490         possible to set the transparency.
10491
10492         NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite
10493         extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such
10494         as xcompmgr) running.
10495         """
10496         return _core_.Window_CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
10497
10498     def SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
10499         """
10500         SetTransparent(self, byte alpha) -> bool
10501
10502         Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value,
10503         returns True on success.  The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the
10504         range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully
10505         opaque.
10506         """
10507         return _core_.Window_SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
10508
10509     def PostCreate(self, pre):
10510         """
10511         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
10512         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
10513         """
10514         self.this = pre.this
10515         self.thisown = pre.thisown
10516         pre.thisown = 0
10517         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
10518             try:
10519                 self._setOORInfo(self)
10520             except TypeError:
10521                 pass
10522         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
10523             try:
10524                 self._setCallbackInfo(self, pre.__class__)
10525             except TypeError:
10526                 pass
10527
10528     def SendSizeEvent(self):
10529         self.GetEventHandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
10530
10531     AcceleratorTable = property(GetAcceleratorTable,SetAcceleratorTable,doc="See `GetAcceleratorTable` and `SetAcceleratorTable`")
10532     AutoLayout = property(GetAutoLayout,SetAutoLayout,doc="See `GetAutoLayout` and `SetAutoLayout`")
10533     BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
10534     BackgroundStyle = property(GetBackgroundStyle,SetBackgroundStyle,doc="See `GetBackgroundStyle` and `SetBackgroundStyle`")
10535     EffectiveMinSize = property(GetEffectiveMinSize,doc="See `GetEffectiveMinSize`")
10536     BestSize = property(GetBestSize,doc="See `GetBestSize`")
10537     BestVirtualSize = property(GetBestVirtualSize,doc="See `GetBestVirtualSize`")
10538     Border = property(GetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder`")
10539     Caret = property(GetCaret,SetCaret,doc="See `GetCaret` and `SetCaret`")
10540     CharHeight = property(GetCharHeight,doc="See `GetCharHeight`")
10541     CharWidth = property(GetCharWidth,doc="See `GetCharWidth`")
10542     Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
10543     ClientAreaOrigin = property(GetClientAreaOrigin,doc="See `GetClientAreaOrigin`")
10544     ClientRect = property(GetClientRect,SetClientRect,doc="See `GetClientRect` and `SetClientRect`")
10545     ClientSize = property(GetClientSize,SetClientSize,doc="See `GetClientSize` and `SetClientSize`")
10546     Constraints = property(GetConstraints,SetConstraints,doc="See `GetConstraints` and `SetConstraints`")
10547     ContainingSizer = property(GetContainingSizer,SetContainingSizer,doc="See `GetContainingSizer` and `SetContainingSizer`")
10548     Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
10549     DefaultAttributes = property(GetDefaultAttributes,doc="See `GetDefaultAttributes`")
10550     DropTarget = property(GetDropTarget,SetDropTarget,doc="See `GetDropTarget` and `SetDropTarget`")
10551     EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
10552     ExtraStyle = property(GetExtraStyle,SetExtraStyle,doc="See `GetExtraStyle` and `SetExtraStyle`")
10553     Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
10554     ForegroundColour = property(GetForegroundColour,SetForegroundColour,doc="See `GetForegroundColour` and `SetForegroundColour`")
10555     GrandParent = property(GetGrandParent,doc="See `GetGrandParent`")
10556     TopLevelParent = property(GetTopLevelParent,doc="See `GetTopLevelParent`")
10557     Handle = property(GetHandle,doc="See `GetHandle`")
10558     HelpText = property(GetHelpText,SetHelpText,doc="See `GetHelpText` and `SetHelpText`")
10559     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
10560     Label = property(GetLabel,SetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel` and `SetLabel`")
10561     LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,SetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection` and `SetLayoutDirection`")
10562     MaxHeight = property(GetMaxHeight,doc="See `GetMaxHeight`")
10563     MaxSize = property(GetMaxSize,SetMaxSize,doc="See `GetMaxSize` and `SetMaxSize`")
10564     MaxWidth = property(GetMaxWidth,doc="See `GetMaxWidth`")
10565     MinHeight = property(GetMinHeight,doc="See `GetMinHeight`")
10566     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
10567     MinWidth = property(GetMinWidth,doc="See `GetMinWidth`")
10568     Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
10569     Parent = property(GetParent,doc="See `GetParent`")
10570     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
10571     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
10572     ScreenPosition = property(GetScreenPosition,doc="See `GetScreenPosition`")
10573     ScreenRect = property(GetScreenRect,doc="See `GetScreenRect`")
10574     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
10575     Sizer = property(GetSizer,SetSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")
10576     ThemeEnabled = property(GetThemeEnabled,SetThemeEnabled,doc="See `GetThemeEnabled` and `SetThemeEnabled`")
10577     ToolTip = property(GetToolTip,SetToolTip,doc="See `GetToolTip` and `SetToolTip`")
10578     UpdateClientRect = property(GetUpdateClientRect,doc="See `GetUpdateClientRect`")
10579     UpdateRegion = property(GetUpdateRegion,doc="See `GetUpdateRegion`")
10580     Validator = property(GetValidator,SetValidator,doc="See `GetValidator` and `SetValidator`")
10581     VirtualSize = property(GetVirtualSize,SetVirtualSize,doc="See `GetVirtualSize` and `SetVirtualSize`")
10582     WindowStyle = property(GetWindowStyle,SetWindowStyle,doc="See `GetWindowStyle` and `SetWindowStyle`")
10583     WindowStyleFlag = property(GetWindowStyleFlag,SetWindowStyleFlag,doc="See `GetWindowStyleFlag` and `SetWindowStyleFlag`")
10584     WindowVariant = property(GetWindowVariant,SetWindowVariant,doc="See `GetWindowVariant` and `SetWindowVariant`")
10585     Shown = property(IsShown,Show,doc="See `IsShown` and `Show`")
10586     Enabled = property(IsEnabled,Enable,doc="See `IsEnabled` and `Enable`")
10587     TopLevel = property(IsTopLevel,doc="See `IsTopLevel`")
10588 _core_.Window_swigregister(Window)
10589
10590 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10591     """
10592     PreWindow() -> Window
10593
10594     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
10595     """
10596     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10597     return val
10598
10599 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
10600   """
10601     Window_NewControlId() -> int
10602
10603     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
10604     """
10605   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
10606
10607 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
10608   """
10609     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
10610
10611     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
10612     autogenerated) id
10613     """
10614   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
10615
10616 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
10617   """
10618     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
10619
10620     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
10621     autogenerated) id
10622     """
10623   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
10624
10625 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
10626   """
10627     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
10628
10629     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
10630     or None.
10631     """
10632   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
10633
10634 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
10635   """
10636     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
10637
10638     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
10639     """
10640   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
10641
10642 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10643   """
10644     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10645
10646     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10647     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10648     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10649     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10650     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10651
10652     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10653     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10654     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10655     this.
10656     """
10657   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10658
10659 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
10660     """
10661     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
10662     dialog units to pixel units.
10663     """
10664     if y is None:
10665         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
10666     else:
10667         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
10668
10669 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
10670     """
10671     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
10672     dialog units to pixel units.
10673     """
10674     if height is None:
10675         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
10676     else:
10677         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
10678
10679
10680 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
10681   """
10682     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
10683
10684     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
10685     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
10686     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10687     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10688     """
10689   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
10690
10691 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
10692   """
10693     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
10694
10695     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
10696     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
10697     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
10698     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
10699     cases.
10700
10701     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
10702     """
10703   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
10704
10705 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10706   """
10707     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
10708
10709     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
10710     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
10711     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
10712     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10713     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10714     """
10715   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10716
10717 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
10718   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
10719   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
10720
10721 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
10722   """
10723     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
10724
10725     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
10726     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
10727     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
10728     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
10729
10730     """
10731   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
10732 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10733
10734 class Validator(EvtHandler):
10735     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
10736     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10737     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10738     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10739         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
10740         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
10741         self._setOORInfo(self)
10742
10743     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
10744         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
10745         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
10746
10747     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
10748         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
10749         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
10750
10751     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10752         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
10753         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10754
10755     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10756         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
10757         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10758
10759     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10760         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
10761         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10762
10763     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10764         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
10765         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10766
10767     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
10768         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
10769         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
10770
10771     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
10772     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10773         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10774         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10775
10776     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
10777     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
10778 _core_.Validator_swigregister(Validator)
10779
10780 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
10781   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
10782   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
10783
10784 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10785   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10786   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10787
10788 class PyValidator(Validator):
10789     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
10790     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10791     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10792     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10793         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
10794         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
10795         self._setOORInfo(self);PyValidator._setCallbackInfo(self, self, PyValidator)
10796
10797     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
10798         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=1)"""
10799         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
10800
10801 _core_.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
10802
10803 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10804
10805 class Menu(EvtHandler):
10806     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
10807     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10808     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10809     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10810         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
10811         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
10812         self._setOORInfo(self)
10813
10814     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10815         """
10816         Append(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10817             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10818         """
10819         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10820
10821     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10822         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10823         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10824
10825     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10826         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10827         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10828
10829     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10830         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10831         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10832
10833     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10834         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10835         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10836
10837     def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10838         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10839         return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10840
10841     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
10842         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10843         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
10844
10845     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
10846         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10847         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
10848
10849     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
10850         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10851         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
10852
10853     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
10854         """Break(self)"""
10855         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
10856
10857     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10858         """
10859         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10860             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10861         """
10862         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10863
10864     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10865         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
10866         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10867
10868     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10869         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10870         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10871
10872     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10873         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10874         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10875
10876     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10877         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10878         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10879
10880     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
10881         """
10882         Prepend(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10883             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10884         """
10885         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
10886
10887     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10888         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10889         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10890
10891     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10892         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10893         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10894
10895     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10896         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10897         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10898
10899     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10900         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10901         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10902
10903     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10904         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10905         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10906
10907     def RemoveItem(self, item):
10908         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10909         #// The return object is always the parameter, so return that
10910         #// proxy instead of the new one
10911         val = _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(self, item)
10912         item.this.own(val.this.own())
10913         val.this.disown()
10914         return item
10915
10916
10917     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10918         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
10919         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10920
10921     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
10922         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10923         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
10924
10925     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
10926         """
10927         Destroy(self)
10928
10929         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10930         """
10931         args[0].this.own(False)
10932         return _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
10933
10934     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
10935         """DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool"""
10936         return _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
10937
10938     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
10939         """DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10940         return _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
10941
10942     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
10943         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
10944         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
10945
10946     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
10947         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
10948         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
10949
10950     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
10951         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
10952         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
10953
10954     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10955         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10956         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10957
10958     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10959         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
10960         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10961
10962     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10963         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10964         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10965
10966     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10967         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10968         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10969
10970     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10971         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10972         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10973
10974     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10975         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10976         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10977
10978     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10979         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10980         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10981
10982     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10983         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10984         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10985
10986     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10987         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10988         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10989
10990     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10991         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10992         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10993
10994     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10995         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
10996         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10997
10998     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10999         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
11000         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
11001
11002     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
11003         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
11004         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
11005
11006     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
11007         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
11008         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
11009
11010     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11011         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
11012         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11013
11014     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11015         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
11016         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11017
11018     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
11019         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
11020         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
11021
11022     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
11023         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
11024         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
11025
11026     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
11027         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
11028         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
11029
11030     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
11031         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
11032         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
11033
11034     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11035         """Detach(self)"""
11036         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11037
11038     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
11039         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
11040         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
11041
11042     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
11043         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
11044         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
11045
11046     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
11047         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
11048         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
11049
11050     EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
11051     HelpString = property(GetHelpString,SetHelpString,doc="See `GetHelpString` and `SetHelpString`")
11052     InvokingWindow = property(GetInvokingWindow,SetInvokingWindow,doc="See `GetInvokingWindow` and `SetInvokingWindow`")
11053     MenuBar = property(GetMenuBar,doc="See `GetMenuBar`")
11054     MenuItemCount = property(GetMenuItemCount,doc="See `GetMenuItemCount`")
11055     MenuItems = property(GetMenuItems,doc="See `GetMenuItems`")
11056     Parent = property(GetParent,SetParent,doc="See `GetParent` and `SetParent`")
11057     Style = property(GetStyle,doc="See `GetStyle`")
11058     Title = property(GetTitle,SetTitle,doc="See `GetTitle` and `SetTitle`")
11059 _core_.Menu_swigregister(Menu)
11060 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
11061
11062 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11063
11064 class MenuBar(Window):
11065     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
11066     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11067     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11068     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11069         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
11070         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
11071         self._setOORInfo(self)
11072
11073     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
11074         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
11075         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
11076
11077     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11078         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
11079         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11080
11081     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
11082         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
11083         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
11084
11085     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11086         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
11087         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11088
11089     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
11090         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
11091         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
11092
11093     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11094         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
11095         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11096
11097     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
11098         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
11099         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
11100
11101     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
11102         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
11103         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
11104
11105     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
11106         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
11107         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
11108
11109     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
11110         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
11111         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
11112
11113     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
11114         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
11115         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
11116
11117     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
11118         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
11119         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
11120
11121     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11122         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
11123         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11124
11125     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
11126         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
11127         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
11128
11129     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
11130         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
11131         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
11132
11133     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
11134         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
11135         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
11136
11137     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
11138         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
11139         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
11140
11141     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
11142         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
11143         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
11144
11145     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
11146         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
11147         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
11148
11149     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
11150         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
11151         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
11152
11153     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
11154         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
11155         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
11156
11157     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
11158         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
11159         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
11160
11161     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
11162         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
11163         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
11164
11165     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
11166         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
11167         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
11168
11169     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11170         """Detach(self)"""
11171         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11172
11173     def UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs):
11174         """UpdateMenus(self)"""
11175         return _core_.MenuBar_UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs)
11176
11177     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11178         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
11179         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11180
11181     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
11182     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11183         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
11184         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11185
11186     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
11187     def GetMenus(self):
11188         """Return a list of (menu, label) items for the menus in the MenuBar. """
11189         return [(self.GetMenu(i), self.GetLabelTop(i))
11190                 for i in range(self.GetMenuCount())]
11191
11192     def SetMenus(self, items):
11193         """Clear and add new menus to the MenuBar from a list of (menu, label) items. """
11194         for i in range(self.GetMenuCount()-1, -1, -1):
11195             self.Remove(i)
11196         for m, l in items:
11197             self.Append(m, l)
11198
11199     Frame = property(GetFrame,doc="See `GetFrame`")
11200     MenuCount = property(GetMenuCount,doc="See `GetMenuCount`")
11201     Menus = property(GetMenus,SetMenus,doc="See `GetMenus` and `SetMenus`")
11202 _core_.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
11203
11204 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11205   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
11206   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11207
11208 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
11209   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
11210   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
11211
11212 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11213
11214 class MenuItem(Object):
11215     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
11216     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11217     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11218     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11219         """
11220         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_SEPARATOR, String text=EmptyString,
11221             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
11222             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
11223         """
11224         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
11225     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
11226     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11227     def Destroy(self): pass
11228     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11229         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
11230         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11231
11232     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11233         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
11234         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11235
11236     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
11237         """SetId(self, int id)"""
11238         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
11239
11240     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
11241         """GetId(self) -> int"""
11242         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
11243
11244     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
11245         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
11246         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
11247
11248     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
11249         """SetText(self, String str)"""
11250         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
11251
11252     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
11253         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
11254         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
11255
11256     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
11257         """GetText(self) -> String"""
11258         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
11259
11260     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
11261         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
11262         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
11263
11264     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
11265     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
11266         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
11267         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
11268
11269     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
11270         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
11271         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
11272
11273     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
11274         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
11275         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
11276
11277     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
11278         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
11279         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
11280
11281     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11282         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
11283         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11284
11285     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11286         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
11287         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11288
11289     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11290         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
11291         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11292
11293     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
11294         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
11295         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
11296
11297     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
11298         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
11299         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
11300
11301     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
11302         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
11303         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
11304
11305     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
11306         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
11307         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
11308
11309     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
11310         """Toggle(self)"""
11311         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
11312
11313     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
11314         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
11315         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
11316
11317     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
11318         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
11319         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
11320
11321     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
11322         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
11323         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
11324
11325     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
11326         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
11327         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
11328
11329     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
11330         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
11331         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
11332
11333     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
11334         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
11335         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
11336
11337     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
11338         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
11339         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
11340
11341     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
11342         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
11343         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
11344
11345     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
11346         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
11347         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
11348
11349     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
11350         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
11351         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
11352
11353     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
11354         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
11355         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
11356
11357     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
11358         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
11359         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
11360
11361     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
11362         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
11363         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
11364
11365     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
11366         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
11367         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
11368
11369     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
11370         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
11371         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
11372
11373     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
11374         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
11375         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
11376
11377     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
11378         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
11379         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
11380
11381     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
11382         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
11383         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
11384
11385     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
11386     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
11387         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
11388         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
11389
11390     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
11391         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
11392         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
11393
11394     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
11395         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
11396         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
11397
11398     Accel = property(GetAccel,SetAccel,doc="See `GetAccel` and `SetAccel`")
11399     BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
11400     Bitmap = property(GetBitmap,SetBitmap,doc="See `GetBitmap` and `SetBitmap`")
11401     DisabledBitmap = property(GetDisabledBitmap,SetDisabledBitmap,doc="See `GetDisabledBitmap` and `SetDisabledBitmap`")
11402     Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
11403     Help = property(GetHelp,SetHelp,doc="See `GetHelp` and `SetHelp`")
11404     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
11405     Kind = property(GetKind,SetKind,doc="See `GetKind` and `SetKind`")
11406     Label = property(GetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel`")
11407     MarginWidth = property(GetMarginWidth,SetMarginWidth,doc="See `GetMarginWidth` and `SetMarginWidth`")
11408     Menu = property(GetMenu,SetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu` and `SetMenu`")
11409     SubMenu = property(GetSubMenu,SetSubMenu,doc="See `GetSubMenu` and `SetSubMenu`")
11410     Text = property(GetText,SetText,doc="See `GetText` and `SetText`")
11411     TextColour = property(GetTextColour,SetTextColour,doc="See `GetTextColour` and `SetTextColour`")
11412 _core_.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
11413
11414 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
11415   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
11416   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
11417
11418 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
11419   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
11420   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
11421
11422 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11423
11424 class Control(Window):
11425     """
11426     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
11427
11428     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
11429     and/or displays one or more item of data.
11430     """
11431     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11432     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11433     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11434         """
11435         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
11436             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
11437             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
11438
11439         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
11440         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
11441         """
11442         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
11443         self._setOORInfo(self)
11444
11445     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
11446         """
11447         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
11448             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
11449             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
11450
11451         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
11452         """
11453         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
11454
11455     def GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs):
11456         """
11457         GetAlignment(self) -> int
11458
11459         Get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)
11460         """
11461         return _core_.Control_GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs)
11462
11463     def GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs):
11464         """
11465         GetLabelText(self) -> String
11466
11467         Get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&')
11468         """
11469         return _core_.Control_GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs)
11470
11471     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
11472         """
11473         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
11474
11475         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
11476
11477         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
11478
11479         """
11480         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
11481
11482     def RemoveMnemonics(*args, **kwargs):
11483         """
11484         RemoveMnemonics(String str) -> String
11485
11486         removes the mnemonics characters
11487         """
11488         return _core_.Control_RemoveMnemonics(*args, **kwargs)
11489
11490     RemoveMnemonics = staticmethod(RemoveMnemonics)
11491     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
11492         """
11493         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
11494
11495         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
11496         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
11497         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
11498         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
11499         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
11500
11501         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
11502         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
11503         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
11504         this.
11505         """
11506         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
11507
11508     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
11509     Alignment = property(GetAlignment,doc="See `GetAlignment`")
11510     LabelText = property(GetLabelText,doc="See `GetLabelText`")
11511 _core_.Control_swigregister(Control)
11512 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
11513
11514 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
11515     """
11516     PreControl() -> Control
11517
11518     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
11519     """
11520     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
11521     return val
11522
11523 def Control_RemoveMnemonics(*args, **kwargs):
11524   """
11525     Control_RemoveMnemonics(String str) -> String
11526
11527     removes the mnemonics characters
11528     """
11529   return _core_.Control_RemoveMnemonics(*args, **kwargs)
11530
11531 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
11532   """
11533     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
11534
11535     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
11536     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
11537     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
11538     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
11539     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
11540
11541     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
11542     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
11543     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
11544     this.
11545     """
11546   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
11547
11548 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11549
11550 class ItemContainer(object):
11551     """
11552     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
11553     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
11554     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
11555     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
11556     this one.
11557
11558     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
11559     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
11560     all conform to the same interface.
11561
11562     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
11563     optionally, client data associated with them.
11564
11565     """
11566     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11567     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11568     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11569     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
11570         """
11571         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11572
11573         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
11574         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
11575         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
11576         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
11577         """
11578         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
11579
11580     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
11581         """
11582         AppendItems(self, List strings)
11583
11584         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
11585         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
11586         need to add a lot of items.
11587         """
11588         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
11589
11590     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11591         """
11592         Insert(self, String item, int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11593
11594         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
11595         optionally associating some data object with the item.
11596         """
11597         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11598
11599     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11600         """
11601         Clear(self)
11602
11603         Removes all items from the control.
11604         """
11605         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11606
11607     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
11608         """
11609         Delete(self, int n)
11610
11611         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
11612         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
11613         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
11614         than the number of items in the control.
11615         """
11616         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
11617
11618     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
11619         """
11620         GetClientData(self, int n) -> PyObject
11621
11622         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
11623         """
11624         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
11625
11626     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
11627         """
11628         SetClientData(self, int n, PyObject clientData)
11629
11630         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
11631         """
11632         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
11633
11634     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
11635         """
11636         GetCount(self) -> int
11637
11638         Returns the number of items in the control.
11639         """
11640         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
11641
11642     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
11643         """
11644         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
11645
11646         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
11647         """
11648         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
11649
11650     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
11651         """
11652         GetString(self, int n) -> String
11653
11654         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
11655         """
11656         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
11657
11658     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
11659         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
11660         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
11661
11662     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
11663         """
11664         SetString(self, int n, String s)
11665
11666         Sets the label for the given item.
11667         """
11668         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
11669
11670     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
11671         """
11672         FindString(self, String s) -> int
11673
11674         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
11675         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
11676         found.
11677         """
11678         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
11679
11680     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11681         """
11682         SetSelection(self, int n)
11683
11684         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
11685         """
11686         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11687
11688     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11689         """
11690         GetSelection(self) -> int
11691
11692         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
11693         is selected.
11694         """
11695         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11696
11697     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11698         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
11699         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11700
11701     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11702         """
11703         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
11704
11705         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
11706         is selected.
11707         """
11708         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11709
11710     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
11711         """
11712         Select(self, int n)
11713
11714         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
11715         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
11716         """
11717         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
11718
11719     def GetItems(self):
11720         """Return a list of the strings in the control"""
11721         return [self.GetString(i) for i in xrange(self.GetCount())]
11722
11723     def SetItems(self, items):
11724         """Clear and set the strings in the control from a list"""
11725         self.Clear()
11726         for i in items:
11727             self.Append(i)
11728
11729     Count = property(GetCount,doc="See `GetCount`")
11730     Items = property(GetItems,SetItems,doc="See `GetItems` and `SetItems`")
11731     Selection = property(GetSelection,SetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection` and `SetSelection`")
11732     StringSelection = property(GetStringSelection,SetStringSelection,doc="See `GetStringSelection` and `SetStringSelection`")
11733     Strings = property(GetStrings,doc="See `GetStrings`")
11734 _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
11735
11736 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11737
11738 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
11739     """
11740     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
11741     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
11742     that have items.
11743     """
11744     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11745     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11746     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11747 _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
11748
11749 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11750
11751 class SizerFlags(object):
11752     """
11753     Normally, when you add an item to a sizer via `wx.Sizer.Add`, you have
11754     to specify a lot of flags and parameters which can be unwieldy. This
11755     is where wx.SizerFlags comes in: it allows you to specify all
11756     parameters using the named methods instead. For example, instead of::
11757
11758         sizer.Add(ctrl, 0, wx.EXPAND | wx.ALL, 10)
11759
11760     you can now write::
11761
11762         sizer.AddF(ctrl, wx.SizerFlags().Expand().Border(wx.ALL, 10))
11763
11764     This is more readable and also allows you to create wx.SizerFlags
11765     objects which can be reused for several sizer items.::
11766
11767         flagsExpand = wx.SizerFlags(1)
11768         flagsExpand.Expand().Border(wx.ALL, 10)
11769         sizer.AddF(ctrl1, flagsExpand)
11770         sizer.AddF(ctrl2, flagsExpand)
11771
11772     Note that by specification, all methods of wx.SizerFlags return the
11773     wx.SizerFlags object itself allowing chaining multiple method calls
11774     like in the examples above.
11775     """
11776     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11777     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11778     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11779         """
11780         __init__(self, int proportion=0) -> SizerFlags
11781
11782         Constructs the flags object with the specified proportion.
11783         """
11784         _core_.SizerFlags_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerFlags(*args, **kwargs))
11785     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerFlags
11786     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11787     def Proportion(*args, **kwargs):
11788         """
11789         Proportion(self, int proportion) -> SizerFlags
11790
11791         Sets the item's proportion value.
11792         """
11793         return _core_.SizerFlags_Proportion(*args, **kwargs)
11794
11795     def Align(*args, **kwargs):
11796         """
11797         Align(self, int alignment) -> SizerFlags
11798
11799         Sets the item's alignment
11800         """
11801         return _core_.SizerFlags_Align(*args, **kwargs)
11802
11803     def Expand(*args, **kwargs):
11804         """
11805         Expand(self) -> SizerFlags
11806
11807         Sets the wx.EXPAND flag, which will cause the item to be expanded to
11808         fill as much space as it is given by the sizer.
11809         """
11810         return _core_.SizerFlags_Expand(*args, **kwargs)
11811
11812     def Centre(*args, **kwargs):
11813         """
11814         Centre(self) -> SizerFlags
11815
11816         Same as `Center` for those with an alternate dialect of English.
11817         """
11818         return _core_.SizerFlags_Centre(*args, **kwargs)
11819
11820     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
11821         """
11822         Center(self) -> SizerFlags
11823
11824         Sets the centering alignment flags.
11825         """
11826         return _core_.SizerFlags_Center(*args, **kwargs)
11827
11828     def Left(*args, **kwargs):
11829         """
11830         Left(self) -> SizerFlags
11831
11832         Aligns the object to the left, a shortcut for calling
11833         Align(wx.ALIGN_LEFT)
11834         """
11835         return _core_.SizerFlags_Left(*args, **kwargs)
11836
11837     def Right(*args, **kwargs):
11838         """
11839         Right(self) -> SizerFlags
11840
11841         Aligns the object to the right, a shortcut for calling
11842         Align(wx.ALIGN_RIGHT)
11843         """
11844         return _core_.SizerFlags_Right(*args, **kwargs)
11845
11846     def Top(*args, **kwargs):
11847         """
11848         Top(self) -> SizerFlags
11849
11850         Aligns the object to the top of the available space, a shortcut for
11851         calling Align(wx.ALIGN_TOP)
11852         """
11853         return _core_.SizerFlags_Top(*args, **kwargs)
11854
11855     def Bottom(*args, **kwargs):
11856         """
11857         Bottom(self) -> SizerFlags
11858
11859         Aligns the object to the bottom of the available space, a shortcut for
11860         calling Align(wx.ALIGN_BOTTOM)
11861         """
11862         return _core_.SizerFlags_Bottom(*args, **kwargs)
11863
11864     def Shaped(*args, **kwargs):
11865         """
11866         Shaped(self) -> SizerFlags
11867
11868         Sets the wx.SHAPED flag.
11869         """
11870         return _core_.SizerFlags_Shaped(*args, **kwargs)
11871
11872     def FixedMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11873         """
11874         FixedMinSize(self) -> SizerFlags
11875
11876         Sets the wx.FIXED_MINSIZE flag.
11877         """
11878         return _core_.SizerFlags_FixedMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11879
11880     def Border(*args, **kwargs):
11881         """
11882         Border(self, int direction=ALL, int borderInPixels=-1) -> SizerFlags
11883
11884         Sets the border of the item in the direction(s) or sides given by the
11885         direction parameter.  If the borderInPixels value is not given then
11886         the default border size (see `GetDefaultBorder`) will be used.
11887         """
11888         return _core_.SizerFlags_Border(*args, **kwargs)
11889
11890     def DoubleBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11891         """
11892         DoubleBorder(self, int direction=ALL) -> SizerFlags
11893
11894         Sets the border in the given direction to twice the default border
11895         size.
11896         """
11897         return _core_.SizerFlags_DoubleBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11898
11899     def TripleBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11900         """
11901         TripleBorder(self, int direction=ALL) -> SizerFlags
11902
11903         Sets the border in the given direction to three times the default
11904         border size.
11905         """
11906         return _core_.SizerFlags_TripleBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11907
11908     def HorzBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11909         """
11910         HorzBorder(self) -> SizerFlags
11911
11912         Sets the left and right borders to the default border size.
11913         """
11914         return _core_.SizerFlags_HorzBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11915
11916     def DoubleHorzBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11917         """
11918         DoubleHorzBorder(self) -> SizerFlags
11919
11920         Sets the left and right borders to twice the default border size.
11921         """
11922         return _core_.SizerFlags_DoubleHorzBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11923
11924     def GetDefaultBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11925         """
11926         GetDefaultBorder() -> int
11927
11928         Returns the default border size used by the other border methods
11929         """
11930         return _core_.SizerFlags_GetDefaultBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11931
11932     GetDefaultBorder = staticmethod(GetDefaultBorder)
11933     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
11934         """
11935         GetProportion(self) -> int
11936
11937         Returns the proportion value to be used in the sizer item.
11938         """
11939         return _core_.SizerFlags_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11940
11941     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
11942         """
11943         GetFlags(self) -> int
11944
11945         Returns the flags value to be used in the sizer item.
11946         """
11947         return _core_.SizerFlags_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
11948
11949     def GetBorderInPixels(*args, **kwargs):
11950         """
11951         GetBorderInPixels(self) -> int
11952
11953         Returns the border value in pixels to be used in the sizer item.
11954         """
11955         return _core_.SizerFlags_GetBorderInPixels(*args, **kwargs)
11956
11957 _core_.SizerFlags_swigregister(SizerFlags)
11958
11959 def SizerFlags_GetDefaultBorder(*args):
11960   """
11961     SizerFlags_GetDefaultBorder() -> int
11962
11963     Returns the default border size used by the other border methods
11964     """
11965   return _core_.SizerFlags_GetDefaultBorder(*args)
11966
11967 class SizerItem(Object):
11968     """
11969     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
11970     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually
11971     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be
11972     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but
11973     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly.
11974     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to
11975     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating
11976     layout.
11977
11978     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
11979     """
11980     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11981     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11982     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11983         """
11984         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
11985
11986         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
11987         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
11988
11989         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
11990         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
11991         methods are called.
11992
11993         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
11994         """
11995         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
11996     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
11997     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11998     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11999         """
12000         DeleteWindows(self)
12001
12002         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
12003         of item.
12004         """
12005         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
12006
12007     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12008         """
12009         DetachSizer(self)
12010
12011         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
12012         """
12013         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12014
12015     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
12016         """
12017         GetSize(self) -> Size
12018
12019         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
12020         """
12021         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
12022
12023     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
12024         """
12025         CalcMin(self) -> Size
12026
12027         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
12028         needed by borders.
12029         """
12030         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
12031
12032     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
12033         """
12034         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
12035
12036         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
12037         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
12038         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
12039         account.
12040         """
12041         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
12042
12043     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
12044         """
12045         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
12046
12047         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
12048         """
12049         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
12050
12051     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
12052         """
12053         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
12054
12055         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
12056         added, if needed.
12057         """
12058         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
12059
12060     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
12061         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
12062         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
12063
12064     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
12065         """
12066         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
12067
12068         Set the ratio item attribute.
12069         """
12070         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
12071
12072     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
12073         """
12074         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
12075
12076         Set the ratio item attribute.
12077         """
12078         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
12079
12080     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
12081         """
12082         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
12083
12084         Set the ratio item attribute.
12085         """
12086         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
12087
12088     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
12089         """
12090         GetRatio(self) -> float
12091
12092         Set the ratio item attribute.
12093         """
12094         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
12095
12096     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
12097         """
12098         GetRect(self) -> Rect
12099
12100         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
12101         """
12102         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
12103
12104     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12105         """
12106         IsWindow(self) -> bool
12107
12108         Is this sizer item a window?
12109         """
12110         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12111
12112     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12113         """
12114         IsSizer(self) -> bool
12115
12116         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
12117         """
12118         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12119
12120     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12121         """
12122         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
12123
12124         Is this sizer item a spacer?
12125         """
12126         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12127
12128     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
12129         """
12130         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
12131
12132         Set the proportion value for this item.
12133         """
12134         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
12135
12136     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
12137         """
12138         GetProportion(self) -> int
12139
12140         Get the proportion value for this item.
12141         """
12142         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
12143
12144     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
12145     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
12146     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
12147         """
12148         SetFlag(self, int flag)
12149
12150         Set the flag value for this item.
12151         """
12152         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
12153
12154     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
12155         """
12156         GetFlag(self) -> int
12157
12158         Get the flag value for this item.
12159         """
12160         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
12161
12162     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
12163         """
12164         SetBorder(self, int border)
12165
12166         Set the border value for this item.
12167         """
12168         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
12169
12170     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
12171         """
12172         GetBorder(self) -> int
12173
12174         Get the border value for this item.
12175         """
12176         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
12177
12178     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12179         """
12180         GetWindow(self) -> Window
12181
12182         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
12183         """
12184         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12185
12186     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12187         """
12188         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
12189
12190         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
12191         """
12192         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12193
12194     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12195         """
12196         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
12197
12198         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
12199         """
12200         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12201
12202     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12203         """
12204         SetWindow(self, Window window)
12205
12206         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
12207         """
12208         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12209
12210     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12211         """
12212         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
12213
12214         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
12215         """
12216         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12217
12218     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12219         """
12220         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
12221
12222         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
12223         """
12224         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12225
12226     SetWindow = wx._deprecated(SetWindow, "Use `AssignWindow` instead.")
12227     SetSizer = wx._deprecated(SetSizer,   "Use `AssignSizer` instead.")
12228     SetSpacer = wx._deprecated(SetSpacer, "Use `AssignSpacer` instead.")
12229
12230     def AssignWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12231         """
12232         AssignWindow(self, Window window)
12233
12234         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
12235         """
12236         return _core_.SizerItem_AssignWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12237
12238     def AssignSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12239         """
12240         AssignSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
12241
12242         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
12243         """
12244         return _core_.SizerItem_AssignSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12245
12246     def AssignSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12247         """
12248         AssignSpacer(self, Size size)
12249
12250         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
12251         """
12252         return _core_.SizerItem_AssignSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12253
12254     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
12255         """
12256         Show(self, bool show)
12257
12258         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
12259         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
12260         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
12261         """
12262         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
12263
12264     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
12265         """
12266         IsShown(self) -> bool
12267
12268         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
12269         """
12270         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
12271
12272     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12273         """
12274         GetPosition(self) -> Point
12275
12276         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
12277         """
12278         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12279
12280     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
12281         """
12282         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
12283
12284         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
12285         isn't any.
12286         """
12287         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
12288
12289     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
12290         """
12291         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
12292
12293         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
12294         """
12295         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
12296
12297     Border = property(GetBorder,SetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder` and `SetBorder`")
12298     Flag = property(GetFlag,SetFlag,doc="See `GetFlag` and `SetFlag`")
12299     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize`")
12300     MinSizeWithBorder = property(GetMinSizeWithBorder,doc="See `GetMinSizeWithBorder`")
12301     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
12302     Proportion = property(GetProportion,SetProportion,doc="See `GetProportion` and `SetProportion`")
12303     Ratio = property(GetRatio,SetRatio,doc="See `GetRatio` and `SetRatio`")
12304     Rect = property(GetRect,doc="See `GetRect`")
12305     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
12306     Sizer = property(GetSizer,AssignSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `AssignSizer`")
12307     Spacer = property(GetSpacer,AssignSpacer,doc="See `GetSpacer` and `AssignSpacer`")
12308     UserData = property(GetUserData,SetUserData,doc="See `GetUserData` and `SetUserData`")
12309     Window = property(GetWindow,AssignWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `AssignWindow`")
12310 _core_.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
12311
12312 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12313     """
12314     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
12315         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
12316
12317     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
12318     """
12319     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12320     return val
12321
12322 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12323     """
12324     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
12325         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
12326
12327     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
12328     """
12329     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12330     return val
12331
12332 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12333     """
12334     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
12335         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
12336
12337     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
12338     """
12339     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12340     return val
12341
12342 class Sizer(Object):
12343     """
12344     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
12345     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
12346     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
12347     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`, `wx.FlexGridSizer` and
12348     `wx.GridBagSizer`.
12349
12350     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
12351     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
12352     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
12353     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
12354     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
12355     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
12356     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
12357     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
12358     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
12359     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
12360     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
12361     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
12362     compared to a real window on screen.
12363
12364     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
12365     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
12366     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
12367     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
12368     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
12369     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
12370     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
12371     """
12372     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12373     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
12374     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12375     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
12376     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12377     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
12378         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
12379         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
12380
12381     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12382         """
12383         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
12384             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
12385
12386         Appends a child item to the sizer.
12387         """
12388         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12389
12390     def AddF(*args, **kwargs):
12391         """
12392         AddF(self, item, wx.SizerFlags flags) -> wx.SizerItem
12393
12394         Similar to `Add` but uses the `wx.SizerFlags` convenience class for
12395         setting the various flags, options and borders.
12396         """
12397         return _core_.Sizer_AddF(*args, **kwargs)
12398
12399     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
12400         """
12401         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
12402             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
12403
12404         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
12405         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
12406         """
12407         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
12408
12409     def InsertF(*args, **kwargs):
12410         """
12411         InsertF(self, int before, item, wx.SizerFlags flags) -> wx.SizerItem
12412
12413         Similar to `Insert`, but uses the `wx.SizerFlags` convenience class
12414         for setting the various flags, options and borders.
12415         """
12416         return _core_.Sizer_InsertF(*args, **kwargs)
12417
12418     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
12419         """
12420         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
12421             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
12422
12423         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
12424         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
12425         """
12426         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
12427
12428     def PrependF(*args, **kwargs):
12429         """
12430         PrependF(self, item, wx.SizerFlags flags) -> wx.SizerItem
12431
12432         Similar to `Prepend` but uses the `wx.SizerFlags` convenience class
12433         for setting the various flags, options and borders.
12434         """
12435         return _core_.Sizer_PrependF(*args, **kwargs)
12436
12437     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
12438         """
12439         Remove(self, item) -> bool
12440
12441         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
12442         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
12443         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
12444         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
12445         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
12446         and removed.
12447         """
12448         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
12449
12450     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
12451         """
12452         Detach(self, item) -> bool
12453
12454         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
12455         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
12456         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
12457         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
12458         was found and detached.
12459         """
12460         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
12461
12462     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
12463         """
12464         GetItem(self, item, recursive=False) -> wx.SizerItem
12465
12466         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
12467         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12468         the item to be found.
12469         """
12470         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
12471
12472     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
12473         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
12474         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
12475
12476     def _ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs):
12477         """_ReplaceWin(self, Window oldwin, Window newwin, bool recursive=False) -> bool"""
12478         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs)
12479
12480     def _ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12481         """_ReplaceSizer(self, Sizer oldsz, Sizer newsz, bool recursive=False) -> bool"""
12482         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12483
12484     def _ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs):
12485         """_ReplaceItem(self, size_t index, SizerItem newitem) -> bool"""
12486         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs)
12487
12488     def Replace(self, olditem, item, recursive=False):
12489         """
12490         Detaches the given ``olditem`` from the sizer and replaces it with
12491         ``item`` which can be a window, sizer, or `wx.SizerItem`.  The
12492         detached child is destroyed only if it is not a window, (because
12493         windows are owned by their parent, not the sizer.)  The
12494         ``recursive`` parameter can be used to search for the given
12495         element recursivly in subsizers.
12496
12497         This method does not cause any layout or resizing to take place,
12498         call `Layout` to do so.
12499
12500         Returns ``True`` if the child item was found and removed.
12501         """
12502         if isinstance(olditem, wx.Window):
12503             return self._ReplaceWin(olditem, item, recursive)
12504         elif isinstance(olditem, wx.Sizer):
12505             return self._ReplaceSizer(olditem, item, recursive)
12506         elif isinstance(olditem, int):
12507             return self._ReplaceItem(olditem, item)
12508         else:
12509             raise TypeError("Expected Window, Sizer, or integer for first parameter.")
12510
12511     def SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12512         """
12513         SetContainingWindow(self, Window window)
12514
12515         Set (or unset) the window this sizer is used in.
12516         """
12517         return _core_.Sizer_SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12518
12519     def GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12520         """
12521         GetContainingWindow(self) -> Window
12522
12523         Get the window this sizer is used in.
12524         """
12525         return _core_.Sizer_GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12526
12527     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
12528         """
12529         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
12530
12531         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
12532         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
12533         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
12534         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
12535         """
12536         if len(args) == 2:
12537             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
12538             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
12539         else:
12540             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
12541
12542     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12543         """
12544         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
12545
12546         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
12547         """
12548         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12549
12550     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
12551         """
12552         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
12553
12554         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
12555         """
12556         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
12557
12558     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
12559         """
12560         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
12561
12562         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
12563         """
12564         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
12565
12566     def AddMany(self, items):
12567         """
12568         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
12569         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
12570         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
12571         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
12572         """
12573         for item in items:
12574             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
12575                 item = (item, )
12576             self.Add(*item)
12577
12578     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
12579         """AddSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem
12580
12581         Add a spacer that is (size,size) pixels.
12582         """
12583         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
12584             return self.Add( (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
12585         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old AddSpacer
12586             return self.Add(*args, **kw)
12587     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
12588         """PrependSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem
12589
12590         Prepend a spacer that is (size, size) pixels."""
12591         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
12592             return self.Prepend( (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
12593         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old PrependSpacer
12594             return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
12595     def InsertSpacer(self, index, *args, **kw):
12596         """InsertSpacer(int index, int size) --> SizerItem
12597
12598         Insert a spacer at position index that is (size, size) pixels."""
12599         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
12600             return self.Insert( index, (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
12601         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old InsertSpacer
12602             return self.Insert(index, *args, **kw)
12603
12604
12605     def AddStretchSpacer(self, prop=1):
12606         """AddStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem
12607
12608         Add a stretchable spacer."""
12609         return self.Add((0,0), prop)
12610     def PrependStretchSpacer(self, prop=1):
12611         """PrependStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem
12612
12613         Prepend a stretchable spacer."""
12614         return self.Prepend((0,0), prop)
12615     def InsertStretchSpacer(self, index, prop=1):
12616         """InsertStretchSpacer(int index, int prop=1) --> SizerItem
12617
12618         Insert a stretchable spacer."""
12619         return self.Insert(index, (0,0), prop)
12620
12621
12622     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
12623     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
12624         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
12625         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
12626     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
12627         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
12628         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
12629
12630     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
12631         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
12632         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
12633     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
12634         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
12635         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
12636
12637     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
12638         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
12639         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
12640     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
12641         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
12642         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
12643
12644     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
12645         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
12646         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
12647     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
12648         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
12649         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
12650     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
12651         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
12652         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
12653
12654
12655     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
12656         """
12657         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
12658
12659         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
12660         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
12661         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
12662         methods.
12663         """
12664         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
12665
12666     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
12667         """
12668         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
12669
12670         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
12671         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
12672         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
12673         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
12674         here, depending on which is bigger.
12675         """
12676         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
12677
12678     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
12679         """
12680         GetSize(self) -> Size
12681
12682         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
12683         """
12684         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
12685
12686     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12687         """
12688         GetPosition(self) -> Point
12689
12690         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
12691         """
12692         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12693
12694     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
12695         """
12696         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
12697
12698         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
12699         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
12700         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
12701         """
12702         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
12703
12704     def GetSizeTuple(self):
12705         return self.GetSize().Get()
12706     def GetPositionTuple(self):
12707         return self.GetPosition().Get()
12708     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
12709         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
12710
12711     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
12712         """
12713         RecalcSizes(self)
12714
12715         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
12716         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
12717         it is called by `Layout`.
12718         """
12719         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
12720
12721     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
12722         """
12723         CalcMin(self) -> Size
12724
12725         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
12726         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
12727         it is called by `Layout`.
12728         """
12729         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
12730
12731     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
12732         """
12733         Layout(self)
12734
12735         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
12736         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
12737         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
12738         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
12739         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
12740         removed.
12741         """
12742         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
12743
12744     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
12745         """
12746         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
12747
12748         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
12749         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
12750         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
12751         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
12752
12753         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
12754         """
12755         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
12756
12757     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
12758         """
12759         FitInside(self, Window window)
12760
12761         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
12762         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
12763         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
12764         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
12765
12766         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
12767
12768         """
12769         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
12770
12771     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
12772         """
12773         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
12774
12775         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
12776         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
12777         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
12778         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
12779         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
12780         required by the sizer.
12781         """
12782         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
12783
12784     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
12785         """
12786         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
12787
12788         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
12789         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
12790         this will set them appropriately.
12791
12792         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
12793
12794         """
12795         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
12796
12797     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
12798         """
12799         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
12800
12801         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
12802         as well.
12803         """
12804         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
12805
12806     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
12807         """
12808         DeleteWindows(self)
12809
12810         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
12811         """
12812         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
12813
12814     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
12815         """
12816         GetChildren(self) -> list
12817
12818         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
12819         """
12820         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
12821
12822     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
12823         """
12824         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
12825
12826         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
12827         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
12828         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12829         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
12830         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
12831         """
12832         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
12833
12834     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
12835         """
12836         IsShown(self, item)
12837
12838         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
12839         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
12840         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12841         the item.
12842         """
12843         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
12844
12845     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
12846         """
12847         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
12848         """
12849         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
12850
12851     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
12852         """
12853         ShowItems(self, bool show)
12854
12855         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
12856         """
12857         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
12858
12859     Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
12860     ContainingWindow = property(GetContainingWindow,SetContainingWindow,doc="See `GetContainingWindow` and `SetContainingWindow`")
12861     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
12862     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
12863     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
12864 _core_.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
12865
12866 class PySizer(Sizer):
12867     """
12868     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
12869     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
12870     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
12871     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
12872     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
12873     For example::
12874
12875         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
12876              def __init__(self):
12877                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
12878
12879              def CalcMin(self):
12880                  for item in self.GetChildren():
12881                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
12882                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
12883                       # layout algorithm.
12884                       ...
12885                  return wx.Size(width, height)
12886
12887               def RecalcSizes(self):
12888                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
12889                   pos = self.GetPosition()
12890                   size = self.GetSize()
12891                   for item in self.GetChildren():
12892                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
12893                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
12894                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
12895                       # space alloted to this sizer.
12896                       ...
12897                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
12898
12899
12900     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
12901     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
12902     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
12903
12904     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
12905
12906
12907     """
12908     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12909     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12910     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12911         """
12912         __init__(self) -> PySizer
12913
12914         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
12915         class.
12916         """
12917         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
12918         self._setOORInfo(self);PySizer._setCallbackInfo(self, self, PySizer)
12919
12920     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
12921         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
12922         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
12923
12924 _core_.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
12925
12926 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12927
12928 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
12929     """
12930     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
12931     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
12932     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
12933     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
12934     parameter passed to the constructor.
12935     """
12936     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12937     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12938     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12939         """
12940         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
12941
12942         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
12943         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
12944         sizer.
12945         """
12946         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12947         self._setOORInfo(self)
12948
12949     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
12950         """
12951         GetOrientation(self) -> int
12952
12953         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
12954         """
12955         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
12956
12957     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
12958         """
12959         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
12960
12961         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
12962         """
12963         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
12964
12965     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
12966 _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
12967
12968 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12969
12970 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
12971     """
12972     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
12973     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
12974     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
12975     passed to the sizer constructor.
12976     """
12977     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12978     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12979     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12980         """
12981         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
12982
12983         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
12984         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
12985         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
12986         """
12987         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12988         self._setOORInfo(self)
12989
12990     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
12991         """
12992         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
12993
12994         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
12995         """
12996         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
12997
12998     StaticBox = property(GetStaticBox,doc="See `GetStaticBox`")
12999 _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
13000
13001 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13002
13003 class GridSizer(Sizer):
13004     """
13005     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
13006     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
13007     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
13008     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
13009     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
13010     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
13011
13012     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
13013     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
13014     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
13015     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
13016     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
13017     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
13018
13019     """
13020     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13021     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13022     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13023         """
13024         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
13025
13026         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
13027         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
13028         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
13029         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
13030         define extra space between all children.
13031         """
13032         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
13033         self._setOORInfo(self)
13034
13035     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
13036         """
13037         SetCols(self, int cols)
13038
13039         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
13040         """
13041         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
13042
13043     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
13044         """
13045         SetRows(self, int rows)
13046
13047         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
13048         """
13049         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
13050
13051     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
13052         """
13053         SetVGap(self, int gap)
13054
13055         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
13056         """
13057         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
13058
13059     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
13060         """
13061         SetHGap(self, int gap)
13062
13063         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
13064         """
13065         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
13066
13067     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
13068         """
13069         GetCols(self) -> int
13070
13071         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
13072         """
13073         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
13074
13075     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
13076         """
13077         GetRows(self) -> int
13078
13079         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
13080         """
13081         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
13082
13083     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
13084         """
13085         GetVGap(self) -> int
13086
13087         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
13088         """
13089         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
13090
13091     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
13092         """
13093         GetHGap(self) -> int
13094
13095         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
13096         """
13097         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
13098
13099     def CalcRowsCols(self):
13100         """
13101         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
13102
13103         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
13104         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
13105         in the constructor.
13106         """
13107         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
13108         rows = self.GetRows()
13109         cols = self.GetCols()
13110         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
13111         if cols != 0:
13112             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
13113         elif rows != 0:
13114             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
13115         return (rows, cols)
13116
13117     Cols = property(GetCols,SetCols,doc="See `GetCols` and `SetCols`")
13118     HGap = property(GetHGap,SetHGap,doc="See `GetHGap` and `SetHGap`")
13119     Rows = property(GetRows,SetRows,doc="See `GetRows` and `SetRows`")
13120     VGap = property(GetVGap,SetVGap,doc="See `GetVGap` and `SetVGap`")
13121 _core_.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
13122
13123 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13124
13125 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
13126 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
13127 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
13128 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
13129     """
13130     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
13131     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
13132     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
13133     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
13134     the `wx.GridSizer`.
13135
13136     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
13137     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
13138     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
13139     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
13140     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
13141     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
13142
13143
13144     """
13145     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13146     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13147     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13148         """
13149         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
13150
13151         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
13152         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
13153         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
13154         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
13155         define extra space between all children.
13156         """
13157         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
13158         self._setOORInfo(self)
13159
13160     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
13161         """
13162         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
13163
13164         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
13165         is extra space available to the sizer.
13166
13167         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
13168         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
13169         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
13170         """
13171         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
13172
13173     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
13174         """
13175         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
13176
13177         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
13178         """
13179         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
13180
13181     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
13182         """
13183         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
13184
13185         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
13186         there is extra space available to the sizer.
13187
13188         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
13189         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
13190         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
13191         """
13192         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
13193
13194     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
13195         """
13196         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
13197
13198         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
13199         """
13200         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
13201
13202     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
13203         """
13204         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
13205
13206         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
13207         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
13208         other value is ignored.
13209
13210             ==============    =======================================
13211             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
13212             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
13213             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
13214                               (this is the default value).
13215             ==============    =======================================
13216
13217         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
13218
13219         """
13220         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
13221
13222     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
13223         """
13224         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
13225
13226         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
13227         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
13228
13229         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
13230         """
13231         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
13232
13233     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
13234         """
13235         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
13236
13237         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
13238         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
13239         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
13240
13241             ==========================  =================================================
13242             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
13243             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
13244                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
13245                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
13246                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
13247             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
13248                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
13249                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
13250             ==========================  =================================================
13251
13252         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
13253         """
13254         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
13255
13256     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
13257         """
13258         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
13259
13260         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
13261         non-flexible direction if there is one.
13262
13263         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
13264         """
13265         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
13266
13267     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
13268         """
13269         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
13270
13271         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
13272         rows in the sizer.
13273         """
13274         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
13275
13276     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
13277         """
13278         GetColWidths(self) -> list
13279
13280         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
13281         columns in the sizer.
13282         """
13283         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
13284
13285     ColWidths = property(GetColWidths,doc="See `GetColWidths`")
13286     FlexibleDirection = property(GetFlexibleDirection,SetFlexibleDirection,doc="See `GetFlexibleDirection` and `SetFlexibleDirection`")
13287     NonFlexibleGrowMode = property(GetNonFlexibleGrowMode,SetNonFlexibleGrowMode,doc="See `GetNonFlexibleGrowMode` and `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`")
13288     RowHeights = property(GetRowHeights,doc="See `GetRowHeights`")
13289 _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
13290
13291 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
13292     """
13293     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
13294     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
13295     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
13296     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
13297     will take care of the rest.
13298
13299     """
13300     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13301     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13302     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13303         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
13304         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
13305     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
13306         """
13307         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
13308
13309         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
13310         method in the base class.
13311         """
13312         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
13313
13314     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
13315         """
13316         Realize(self)
13317
13318         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
13319         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
13320         specifc manner.
13321         """
13322         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
13323
13324     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
13325         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
13326         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
13327
13328     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
13329         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
13330         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
13331
13332     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
13333         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
13334         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
13335
13336     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
13337         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13338         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
13339
13340     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
13341         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13342         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
13343
13344     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
13345         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13346         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
13347
13348     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
13349         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13350         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
13351
13352     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
13353         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13354         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
13355
13356     AffirmativeButton = property(GetAffirmativeButton,SetAffirmativeButton,doc="See `GetAffirmativeButton` and `SetAffirmativeButton`")
13357     ApplyButton = property(GetApplyButton,doc="See `GetApplyButton`")
13358     CancelButton = property(GetCancelButton,SetCancelButton,doc="See `GetCancelButton` and `SetCancelButton`")
13359     HelpButton = property(GetHelpButton,doc="See `GetHelpButton`")
13360     NegativeButton = property(GetNegativeButton,SetNegativeButton,doc="See `GetNegativeButton` and `SetNegativeButton`")
13361 _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
13362
13363 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13364
13365 class GBPosition(object):
13366     """
13367     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
13368     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
13369     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
13370     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
13371     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
13372     """
13373     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13374     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13375     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13376         """
13377         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
13378
13379         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
13380         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
13381         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
13382         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
13383         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
13384         """
13385         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
13386     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
13387     __del__ = lambda self : None;
13388     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
13389         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
13390         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
13391
13392     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
13393         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
13394         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
13395
13396     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
13397         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
13398         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
13399
13400     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
13401         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
13402         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
13403
13404     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
13405         """
13406         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
13407
13408         Compare GBPosition for equality.
13409         """
13410         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
13411
13412     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
13413         """
13414         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
13415
13416         Compare GBPosition for inequality.
13417         """
13418         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
13419
13420     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
13421         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
13422         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
13423
13424     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
13425         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
13426         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
13427
13428     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
13429     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
13430     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
13431     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
13432     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
13433     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
13434         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
13435         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
13436         else: raise IndexError
13437     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
13438     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
13439     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
13440
13441     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
13442     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
13443
13444 _core_.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
13445
13446 class GBSpan(object):
13447     """
13448     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
13449     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
13450     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
13451     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
13452     nearly transparently in Python code.
13453
13454     """
13455     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13456     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13457     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13458         """
13459         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
13460
13461         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
13462         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
13463         cell in each direction.
13464         """
13465         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
13466     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
13467     __del__ = lambda self : None;
13468     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
13469         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
13470         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
13471
13472     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
13473         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
13474         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
13475
13476     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
13477         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
13478         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
13479
13480     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
13481         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
13482         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
13483
13484     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
13485         """
13486         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
13487
13488         Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
13489         """
13490         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
13491
13492     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
13493         """
13494         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
13495
13496         Compare GBSpan for inequality.
13497         """
13498         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
13499
13500     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
13501         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
13502         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
13503
13504     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
13505         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
13506         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
13507
13508     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
13509     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
13510     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
13511     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
13512     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
13513     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
13514         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
13515         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
13516         else: raise IndexError
13517     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
13518     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
13519     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
13520
13521     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
13522     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
13523
13524 _core_.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
13525
13526 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
13527     """
13528     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
13529     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
13530     and how many rows or columns it spans.
13531
13532     """
13533     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13534     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13535     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13536         """
13537         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
13538
13539         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
13540         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
13541         item can be used in a Sizer.
13542
13543         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
13544         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
13545         """
13546         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
13547     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
13548     __del__ = lambda self : None;
13549     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
13550         """
13551         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
13552
13553         Get the grid position of the item
13554         """
13555         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
13556
13557     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
13558     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
13559         """
13560         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
13561
13562         Get the row and column spanning of the item
13563         """
13564         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
13565
13566     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
13567     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
13568         """
13569         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
13570
13571         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
13572         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
13573         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
13574         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
13575         """
13576         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
13577
13578     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
13579         """
13580         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
13581
13582         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
13583         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
13584         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
13585         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
13586
13587         """
13588         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
13589
13590     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
13591         """
13592         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
13593
13594         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
13595         """
13596         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
13597
13598     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
13599         """
13600         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
13601
13602         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
13603         """
13604         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
13605
13606     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
13607         """
13608         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
13609
13610         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
13611         """
13612         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
13613
13614     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
13615         """
13616         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
13617
13618         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
13619         """
13620         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
13621
13622     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
13623         """
13624         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
13625
13626         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
13627         """
13628         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
13629
13630     EndPos = property(GetEndPos,doc="See `GetEndPos`")
13631     GBSizer = property(GetGBSizer,SetGBSizer,doc="See `GetGBSizer` and `SetGBSizer`")
13632     Pos = property(GetPos,SetPos,doc="See `GetPos` and `SetPos`")
13633     Span = property(GetSpan,SetSpan,doc="See `GetSpan` and `SetSpan`")
13634 _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
13635 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
13636
13637 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
13638     """
13639     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
13640         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
13641
13642     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
13643     """
13644     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
13645     return val
13646
13647 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
13648     """
13649     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
13650         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
13651
13652     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
13653     """
13654     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
13655     return val
13656
13657 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
13658     """
13659     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
13660         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
13661
13662     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
13663     """
13664     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
13665     return val
13666
13667 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
13668     """
13669     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
13670     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
13671     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
13672     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
13673     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
13674     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
13675
13676     """
13677     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13678     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13679     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13680         """
13681         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
13682
13683         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
13684         rows and columns.
13685         """
13686         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
13687         self._setOORInfo(self)
13688
13689     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
13690         """
13691         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
13692         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
13693
13694         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
13695         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
13696         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
13697
13698         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
13699         position, False if something was already there.
13700
13701         """
13702         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
13703
13704     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
13705         """
13706         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
13707
13708         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
13709         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
13710         something was already there.
13711         """
13712         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
13713
13714     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
13715         """
13716         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
13717
13718         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
13719         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
13720         """
13721         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
13722
13723     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
13724         """
13725         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
13726
13727         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
13728         """
13729         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
13730
13731     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
13732         """
13733         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
13734
13735         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
13736         """
13737         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
13738
13739     def GetItemPosition(*args):
13740         """
13741         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
13742
13743         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
13744         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
13745         index of an item.
13746         """
13747         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
13748
13749     def SetItemPosition(*args):
13750         """
13751         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
13752
13753         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
13754         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
13755         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
13756         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
13757
13758         """
13759         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
13760
13761     def GetItemSpan(*args):
13762         """
13763         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
13764
13765         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
13766         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
13767         zero-based index of an item.
13768         """
13769         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
13770
13771     def SetItemSpan(*args):
13772         """
13773         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
13774
13775         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
13776         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
13777         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
13778         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
13779         """
13780         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
13781
13782     def FindItem(*args):
13783         """
13784         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
13785
13786         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
13787         not found. (non-recursive)
13788         """
13789         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
13790
13791     def GetItem(self, item):
13792         gbsi = None
13793         si = wx.FlexGridSizer.GetItem(self, item)
13794         if not si:
13795             return None
13796         if type(item) is not int:
13797             gbsi = self.FindItem(item)
13798         if gbsi: return gbsi
13799         return si
13800
13801     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
13802         """
13803         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
13804
13805         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
13806         item at that position. (non-recursive)
13807         """
13808         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
13809
13810     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
13811         """
13812         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
13813
13814         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
13815         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
13816         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
13817         layout. (non-recursive)
13818         """
13819         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
13820
13821     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
13822         """
13823         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
13824
13825         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
13826         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
13827         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
13828         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
13829         position of.
13830
13831         """
13832         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
13833
13834     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
13835         """
13836         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
13837
13838         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
13839         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
13840         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
13841         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
13842         position of.
13843         """
13844         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
13845
13846 _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
13847
13848 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13849
13850 Left = _core_.Left
13851 Top = _core_.Top
13852 Right = _core_.Right
13853 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
13854 Width = _core_.Width
13855 Height = _core_.Height
13856 Centre = _core_.Centre
13857 Center = _core_.Center
13858 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
13859 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
13860 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
13861 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
13862 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
13863 Above = _core_.Above
13864 Below = _core_.Below
13865 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
13866 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
13867 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
13868 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
13869 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
13870     """
13871     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
13872     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
13873     You will never need to create an instance of
13874     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
13875     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
13876     that it contains.
13877     """
13878     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13879     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
13880     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13881     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
13882         """
13883         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
13884
13885         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
13886         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
13887         """
13888         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
13889
13890     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
13891         """
13892         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13893
13894         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
13895         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
13896         other window.
13897         """
13898         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
13899
13900     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
13901         """
13902         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13903
13904         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
13905         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
13906         other window.
13907         """
13908         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
13909
13910     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
13911         """
13912         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13913
13914         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
13915         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
13916         window.
13917         """
13918         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
13919
13920     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
13921         """
13922         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13923
13924         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
13925         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
13926         window.
13927         """
13928         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
13929
13930     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
13931         """
13932         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
13933
13934         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
13935         given window, with an optional margin.
13936         """
13937         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
13938
13939     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
13940         """
13941         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
13942
13943         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
13944         window, with an optional margin.
13945         """
13946         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
13947
13948     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
13949         """
13950         Absolute(self, int val)
13951
13952         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
13953         """
13954         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
13955
13956     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
13957         """
13958         Unconstrained(self)
13959
13960         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
13961         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
13962         """
13963         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
13964
13965     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
13966         """
13967         AsIs(self)
13968
13969         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
13970         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
13971         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
13972         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
13973         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
13974         button label.
13975         """
13976         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
13977
13978     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
13979         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
13980         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
13981
13982     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13983         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
13984         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13985
13986     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13987         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
13988         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13989
13990     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
13991         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
13992         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
13993
13994     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
13995         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
13996         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
13997
13998     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
13999         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
14000         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
14001
14002     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
14003         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
14004         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
14005
14006     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
14007         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
14008         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
14009
14010     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
14011         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
14012         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
14013
14014     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
14015         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
14016         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
14017
14018     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
14019         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
14020         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
14021
14022     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
14023         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
14024         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
14025
14026     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
14027         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
14028         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
14029
14030     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
14031         """
14032         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
14033
14034         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
14035         """
14036         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
14037
14038     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
14039         """
14040         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
14041
14042         Try to satisfy constraint
14043         """
14044         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
14045
14046     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
14047         """
14048         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
14049
14050         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
14051         is not determinable, -1.
14052         """
14053         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
14054
14055     Done = property(GetDone,SetDone,doc="See `GetDone` and `SetDone`")
14056     Margin = property(GetMargin,SetMargin,doc="See `GetMargin` and `SetMargin`")
14057     MyEdge = property(GetMyEdge,doc="See `GetMyEdge`")
14058     OtherEdge = property(GetOtherEdge,doc="See `GetOtherEdge`")
14059     OtherWindow = property(GetOtherWindow,doc="See `GetOtherWindow`")
14060     Percent = property(GetPercent,doc="See `GetPercent`")
14061     Relationship = property(GetRelationship,SetRelationship,doc="See `GetRelationship` and `SetRelationship`")
14062     Value = property(GetValue,SetValue,doc="See `GetValue` and `SetValue`")
14063 _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
14064
14065 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
14066     """
14067     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
14068     instead.
14069
14070     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
14071     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
14072
14073     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
14074     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
14075     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
14076
14077         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
14078         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
14079         * top: represents the top edge of the window
14080         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
14081         * width: represents the width of the window
14082         * height: represents the height of the window
14083         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
14084         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
14085
14086     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
14087     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
14088     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
14089     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
14090     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
14091     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
14092     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
14093
14094     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
14095
14096     """
14097     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
14098     __repr__ = _swig_repr
14099     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
14100     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
14101     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
14102     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
14103     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
14104     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
14105     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
14106     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
14107     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
14108         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
14109         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
14110     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
14111     __del__ = lambda self : None;
14112     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
14113         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
14114         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
14115
14116     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
14117         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
14118         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
14119
14120 _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
14121
14122 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14123
14124 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
14125 try:
14126     True
14127 except NameError:
14128     __builtins__.True = 1==1
14129     __builtins__.False = 1==0
14130     def bool(value): return not not value
14131     __builtins__.bool = bool
14132
14133
14134
14135 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
14136 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
14137 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
14138 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
14139
14140
14141 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14142 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
14143 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
14144
14145 from __version__ import *
14146 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
14147
14148 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
14149 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
14150 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
14151     import warnings
14152     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
14153
14154
14155 def version():
14156     """Returns a string containing version and port info"""
14157     ctype = wx.USE_UNICODE and 'unicode' or 'ansi'
14158     if wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__':
14159         port = 'msw'
14160     elif wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__':
14161         port = 'mac'
14162     elif wx.Platform == '__WXGTK__':
14163         port = 'gtk'
14164         if 'gtk2' in wx.PlatformInfo:
14165             port = 'gtk2'
14166     else:
14167         port = '?'
14168
14169     return "%s (%s-%s)" % (wx.VERSION_STRING, port, ctype)
14170
14171
14172 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14173
14174 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
14175 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
14176 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
14177 # encoding we need to use as well.)
14178 #
14179 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
14180 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
14181 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
14182 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
14183 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
14184 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
14185
14186 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
14187 if default == 'ascii':
14188     import locale
14189     import codecs
14190     try:
14191         if hasattr(locale, 'getpreferredencoding'):
14192             default = locale.getpreferredencoding()
14193         else:
14194             default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
14195         codecs.lookup(default)
14196     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
14197         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
14198     del locale
14199     del codecs
14200 if default:
14201     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
14202 del default
14203
14204 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14205
14206 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
14207     pass
14208
14209 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
14210     """
14211     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
14212     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
14213     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
14214     """
14215     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
14216     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
14217
14218     def __repr__(self):
14219         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
14220             self._name = "[unknown]"
14221         return self.reprStr % self._name
14222
14223     def __getattr__(self, *args):
14224         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
14225             self._name = "[unknown]"
14226         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
14227
14228     def __nonzero__(self):
14229         return 0
14230
14231
14232
14233 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
14234     pass
14235
14236 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
14237     """
14238     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
14239     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
14240     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
14241     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
14242     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
14243     is ready.
14244     """
14245
14246     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
14247     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
14248
14249     def __repr__(self):
14250         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
14251         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
14252         return self.reprStr #% self._name
14253
14254     def __getattr__(self, *args):
14255         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
14256         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
14257         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
14258
14259     def __nonzero__(self):
14260         return 0
14261
14262
14263 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14264
14265 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
14266     """
14267     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
14268     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
14269     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
14270     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
14271
14272     :see: `wx.CallLater`
14273     """
14274     app = wx.GetApp()
14275     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
14276
14277     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
14278         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
14279         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
14280                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
14281     evt = wx.PyEvent()
14282     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
14283     evt.callable = callable
14284     evt.args = args
14285     evt.kw = kw
14286     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
14287
14288 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14289
14290
14291 class CallLater:
14292     """
14293     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
14294     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
14295     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
14296     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
14297
14298     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
14299     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
14300     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
14301     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
14302     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.CallLater
14303     object.
14304
14305     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
14306     """
14307     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
14308         self.millis = millis
14309         self.callable = callable
14310         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
14311         self.runCount = 0
14312         self.running = False
14313         self.hasRun = False
14314         self.result = None
14315         self.timer = None
14316         self.Start()
14317
14318     def __del__(self):
14319         self.Stop()
14320
14321
14322     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
14323         """
14324         (Re)start the timer
14325         """
14326         self.hasRun = False
14327         if millis is not None:
14328             self.millis = millis
14329         if args or kwargs:
14330             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
14331         self.Stop()
14332         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
14333         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
14334         self.running = True
14335     Restart = Start
14336
14337
14338     def Stop(self):
14339         """
14340         Stop and destroy the timer.
14341         """
14342         if self.timer is not None:
14343             self.timer.Stop()
14344             self.timer = None
14345
14346
14347     def GetInterval(self):
14348         if self.timer is not None:
14349             return self.timer.GetInterval()
14350         else:
14351             return 0
14352
14353
14354     def IsRunning(self):
14355         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
14356
14357
14358     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
14359         """
14360         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
14361         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
14362         new call to the same callable object but with different
14363         parameters.
14364         """
14365         self.args = args
14366         self.kwargs = kwargs
14367
14368
14369     def HasRun(self):
14370         return self.hasRun
14371
14372     def GetResult(self):
14373         return self.result
14374
14375     def Notify(self):
14376         """
14377         The timer has expired so call the callable.
14378         """
14379         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
14380             self.runCount += 1
14381             self.running = False
14382             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
14383         self.hasRun = True
14384         if not self.running:
14385             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
14386             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
14387
14388     Interval = property(GetInterval)
14389     Result = property(GetResult)
14390
14391
14392 class FutureCall(CallLater):
14393     """A compatibility alias for `CallLater`."""
14394
14395 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14396 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
14397 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
14398 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
14399 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
14400 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
14401 # where they should be used.
14402
14403 class __DocFilter:
14404     """
14405     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
14406     functions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
14407     """
14408     def __init__(self, globals):
14409         self._globals = globals
14410
14411     def __call__(self, name):
14412         import types
14413         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
14414
14415         # only document classes and function
14416         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
14417             return False
14418
14419         # skip other things that are private or will be documented as part of somethign else
14420         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
14421             return False
14422
14423         # skip functions that are duplicates of static functions in a class
14424         if name.find('_') != -1:
14425             cls = self._globals.get(name.split('_')[0], None)
14426             methname = name.split('_')[1]
14427             if hasattr(cls, methname) and type(getattr(cls, methname)) is types.FunctionType:
14428                 return False
14429
14430         return True
14431
14432 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14433 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14434
14435 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
14436 # "core" wx namespace
14437 from _gdi import *
14438 from _windows import *
14439 from _controls import *
14440 from _misc import *
14441
14442 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14443 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14444
14445
14446